Sei sulla pagina 1di 212

BHT-412-MM-11

CHAPTER 97 — AVIONICS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Paragraph Chapter/Section Page


Number Title Number Number

AVIONICS SYSTEMS

97-1 Avionics Systems........................................................................... 97-00-00 13


97-2 Description................................................................................ 97-00-00 13
97-3 Airframe Components............................................................... 97-00-00 13
97-4 Energizing Power Buses for Functional Tests
(S/N 33001 through 33107) ...................................................... 97-00-00 13
97-5 Energizing Power Buses for Functional Tests
(S/N 33108 through 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent) ......... 97-00-00 14
97-6 Illustrations................................................................................ 97-00-00 14

INTERCOMMUNICATION SYSTEM (ICS)

97-7 Intercommunication System (ICS) ................................................. 97-00-00 59


97-8 Intercom Control Unit — Switch Functions
(S/N 33001 through 33107, 33108 through 36086, and
36087 through 36637) .............................................................. 97-00-00 62
97-9 Intercom Control Unit — Switch Functions
(S/N 36638 and Subsequent) ................................................... 97-00-00 63
97-10 Intercom System — Operational Check
(S/N 33001 through 33107, 33108 through 36086, and
36087 through 36637) .............................................................. 97-00-00 63
97-11 Intercom System — Preliminary Check Procedures
(S/N 33001 through 33107, 33108 through 36086, and
36087 through 36637)....................................................... 97-00-00 63
97-12 Intercom System — Pilot and Copilot Stations
Operational Check (S/N 33001 through 33107,
33108 through 36086, and 36087 through 36637) ........... 97-00-00 64
97-13 Intercom System — Aft ICS Stations (When Installed)
(S/N 33001 through 33107) .............................................. 97-00-00 64
97-14 Intercom System — Aft ICS Stations (When Installed)
(S/N 33108 through 36086 and 36087 through 36637) .... 97-00-00 65
97-15 Intercom System — Receiver Mixing Switch Selections
(S/N 33001 through 33107, 33108 through 36086, and
36087 through 36637)....................................................... 97-00-00 65
97-16 Intercom System — Receiver/Transmitter Selections
Operational Check (S/N 33001 through 33107,
33108 through 36086, and 36087 through 36637) ........... 97-00-00 66
97-17 Intercom System — Emergency Keying/Comm
Operational Check (S/N 33001 through 33107,
33108 through 36086, and 36087 through 36637) ........... 97-00-00 66
97-18 Intercom System — Post Operational Check Procedures
(S/N 33001 through 33107, 33108 through 36086, and
36087 through 36637)....................................................... 97-00-00 66
97-19 Intercom System — Operational Check (S/N 36638 and
Subsequent) ............................................................................. 97-00-00 66

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 1
BHT-412-MM-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

Paragraph Chapter/Section Page


Number Title Number Number

97-20 Intercom System — Preliminary Check Procedure


(S/N 36638 and Subsequent) ........................................... 97-00-00 66
97-21 Crew Intercommunication System — Operational Check
(S/N 36638 and Subsequent) ........................................... 97-00-00 67
97-22 Crew VOX Sensitivity — Operational Check
(S/N 36638 and Subsequent) ........................................... 97-00-00 68
97-23 COM1 — Operational Check
(S/N 36638 and Subsequent) ........................................... 97-00-00 68
97-24 COM2 — Operational Check
(S/N 36638 and Subsequent) ........................................... 97-00-00 68
97-25 Emergency Communication Function
— Operational Check (S/N 36638 and Subsequent) ........ 97-00-00 69
97-26 Navigation Systems Audio — Operational Check
(S/N 36638 and Subsequent) ........................................... 97-00-00 69
97-27 Radar Altimeter Voice Warning — Operational Check
(S/N 36638 and Subsequent) ........................................... 97-00-00 70
97-28 Crew/Cabin Intercommunication System
— Operational Check (S/N 36638 and Subsequent) ........ 97-00-00 71
97-29 Aft Cabin VOX Sensitivity — Operational Check
(S/N 36638 and Subsequent) ........................................... 97-00-00 73
97-30 PVT (Private) Net — Operational Check
(S/N 36638 and Subsequent) ........................................... 97-00-00 73
97-31 Intercom System — Completion of Ground Based
Operational Checks (S/N 36638 and Subsequent)........... 97-00-00 73
97-32 RPM Audio Warning — Pre-flight Operational Check
(S/N 36638 and Subsequent) ........................................... 97-00-00 74
97-33 RAD ALT Voice Warning — Operational Flight Check
(S/N 36638 and Subsequent) ........................................... 97-00-00 74
97-34 Intercommunication System — Troubleshooting ...................... 97-00-00 75
97-35 Intercom System — Removal Procedures................................ 97-00-00 76
97-36 Intercom Control Unit — Removal .................................... 97-00-00 76
97-37 Foot Switches — Removal................................................ 97-00-00 76
97-38 Cyclic Stick Switches — Removal .................................... 97-00-00 76
97-39 Emergency Keying/Comm Panel — Removal
(S/N 33001 through 33107, 33108 through 36086, and
36087 through 36637)....................................................... 97-00-00 76
97-40 Intercom System — Installation Procedures............................. 97-00-00 77
97-41 Intercom Control Unit — Installation ................................. 97-00-00 77
97-42 Foot Switches — Installation............................................. 97-00-00 77
97-43 Cyclic Stick Switches — Installation ................................. 97-00-00 77
97-44 Emergency Keying/Comm Panel — Installation
(S/N 33001 through 33107, 33108 through 36086, and
36087 through 36637)....................................................... 97-00-00 77
97-45 Intercom System — Inspection Procedures ............................. 97-00-00 77
97-46 Intercom System — Cleaning Procedures................................ 97-00-00 77
97-47 Intercom System — Repair or Replacement ............................ 97-00-00 78

97-00-00
Page 2 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

Paragraph Chapter/Section Page


Number Title Number Number

VHF/AM COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

97-48 VHF/AM Communication System .................................................. 97-00-00 79


97-49 VHF/AM Communication System — Functional Test ............... 97-00-00 79
97-50 VHF/AM Communication System
— Preliminary Test Procedures ........................................ 97-00-00 79
97-51 VHF/AM Communication System
— Receiver Test Procedure.............................................. 97-00-00 79
97-52 VHF/AM Communication System
— Transmitter Test VSWR Check .................................... 97-00-00 79
97-53 VHF/AM Communication System
— Transmitter Test Communication Check ...................... 97-00-00 80
97-54 VHF/AM Communication System — Troubleshooting.............. 97-00-00 80
97-55 VHF/AM Communication System — Removal Procedures ...... 97-00-00 81
97-56 VHF COMM Transceiver (No. 1 or No. 2) ......................... 97-00-00 81
97-57 VHF COMM Control Unit (No. 1 or No. 2)
(S/N 33001 through 33100) .............................................. 97-00-00 81
97-58 VHF COMM Control Unit (No. 1 or No. 2)
(S/N 33101 through 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent) . 97-00-00 81
97-59 VHF Communication Antenna No. 1 ................................. 97-00-00 81
97-60 VHF Communication Antenna No. 2 ................................. 97-00-00 81
97-61 VHF/AM Communication System — Installation Procedures ... 97-00-00 81
97-62 VHF COMM Transceiver (No. 1 and No. 2) ...................... 97-00-00 81
97-63 VHF COMM Control Unit (No. 1 and No. 2)
(S/N 33001 through 33100) .............................................. 97-00-00 82
97-64 VHF COMM Control Unit (No. 1 and No. 2)
(S/N 33101 through 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent) . 97-00-00 82
97-65 VHF Communication Antenna No. 1 ................................. 97-00-00 82
97-66 VHF Communication Antenna No. 2 ................................. 97-00-00 82
97-67 VHF/AM Communication System — Inspection Procedures.... 97-00-00 82
97-68 VHF/AM Communication System — Cleaning Procedures ...... 97-00-00 82
97-69 VHF/AM Communication System — Repair or Replacement... 97-00-00 83

COMPASS SYSTEM(S)

97-70 Gyromagnetic Compass System(s) (S/N 33001 through 33100)... 97-00-00 85


97-71 Gyromagnetic Compass System(s)
(S/N 33101 through 36086 and S/N 36087 through 36247) .......... 97-00-00 86
97-72 Gyromagnetic Compass System(s)
(S/N 33001 through 33100, 33101 through 36086, and
36087 through 36247) — Functional Test ................................ 97-00-00 87
97-73 Gyromagnetic Compass System(s)
— Preliminary Operational Test ........................................ 97-00-00 87
97-74 Compass Swing — Initial Setup........................................ 97-00-00 88
97-75 Compass Swing — Index Error Check ............................. 97-00-00 88
97-76 Compass Swing — One-Cycle Error Check ..................... 97-00-00 89
97-77 Compass Swing — Final Heading Check ......................... 97-00-00 89

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 3
BHT-412-MM-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

Paragraph Chapter/Section Page


Number Title Number Number

97-78 Standby Magnetic Compass Swing Procedure ........................ 97-00-00 89


97-79 Gyromagnetic Compass System — Troubleshooting............... 97-00-00 89
97-80 Gyromagnetic Compass System(s) — Removal Procedures... 97-00-00 89
97-81 3-Axis Reference Sensor .................................................. 97-00-00 89
97-82 Transmitter Flux Valve ...................................................... 97-00-00 90
97-83 Dual Remote Compass Compensator .............................. 97-00-00 90
97-84 Compass Control Panel .................................................... 97-00-00 90
97-85 RMI Adapter (S/N 33001 through 33100) ......................... 97-00-00 90
97-86 Gyromagnetic Compass System(s)
— Installation Procedures......................................................... 97-00-00 91
97-87 3-Axis Reference Sensor .................................................. 97-00-00 91
97-88 Transmitter Flux Valve ...................................................... 97-00-00 91
97-89 Dual Remote Compass Compensator .............................. 97-00-00 91
97-90 Compass Control Panel .................................................... 97-00-00 91
97-91 RMI Adapter (S/N 33001 through 33100) ......................... 97-00-00 91
97-92 Gyromagnetic Compass System(s)
— Inspection Procedures ......................................................... 97-00-00 91
97-93 Gyromagnetic Compass System(s) — Cleaning Procedures... 97-00-00 91
97-94 Gyromagnetic Compass System(s)
— Repair or Replacement ........................................................ 97-00-00 91
97-95 Attitude and Heading Reference System(s)
(S/N 36248 and Subsequent) ................................................... 97-00-00 92
97-96 AHRS Components .................................................................. 97-00-00 92
97-97 AHRS — Functional Test.......................................................... 97-00-00 93
97-98 Heading System — Functional Test ................................. 97-00-00 93
97-99 Attitude System — Functional Test................................... 97-00-00 95
97-100 AHRS Ground Test and Weight on Gear Logic ........................ 97-00-00 95
97-101 Helicopters Equipped With Flight Director ........................ 97-00-00 95
97-102 Helicopter Not Equipped With Flight Director ................... 97-00-00 95
97-103 AHRS — Calibration Procedures.............................................. 97-00-00 96
97-104 Preparation for Calibration ................................................ 97-00-00 96
97-105 LCR-92 Index Error Check (S/N 36248 through 36527) ... 97-00-00 96
97-106 LCR-100 Index Error Correction
(S/N 36528 and Subsequent............................................. 97-00-00 97
97-107 Compass Swing — Magnetic Sensor Unit (MSU)
Calibration......................................................................... 97-00-00 98
97-108 Compass Swing — Final Heading Check ......................... 97-00-00 99
97-109 AHRS — Troubleshooting ........................................................ 97-00-00 99
97-110 AHRS Level 1 Test Set............................................................. 97-00-00 100
97-111 AHRS — Removal .................................................................... 97-00-00 100
97-112 AHRU Module ................................................................... 97-00-00 100
97-113 MSU Cal Prom .................................................................. 97-00-00 101
97-114 AHRU Mounting Tray........................................................ 97-00-00 101
97-115 AHRS Control Module....................................................... 97-00-00 101
97-116 Flux Valve ......................................................................... 97-00-00 101
97-117 AHRS Compartment Cooling Fan..................................... 97-00-00 101
97-118 AHRS — Installation ................................................................. 97-00-00 101
97-119 AHRU Mounting Tray........................................................ 97-00-00 101

97-00-00
Page 4 Rev. 23 15 DEC 2015 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

Paragraph Chapter/Section Page


Number Title Number Number

97-120 MSU Cal Prom .................................................................. 97-00-00 102


97-121 AHRU Module ................................................................... 97-00-00 102
97-122 AHRU Control Module ...................................................... 97-00-00 102
97-123 Flux Valve ......................................................................... 97-00-00 102
97-124 AHRS Compartment Cooling Fan..................................... 97-00-00 102
97-125 AHRS — Inspection.................................................................. 97-00-00 102
97-126 AHRS — Cleaning .................................................................... 97-00-00 103
97-127 AHRS — Repair or Replacement ............................................. 97-00-00 103

ATC TRANSPONDER SYSTEM

97-128 ATC Transponder System — (When Installed)


(S/N 33001 through 33100) ........................................................... 97-00-00 105
97-129 ATC Transponder System — (When Installed)
(S/N 33101 through 33213 and 36001 and Subsequent) .............. 97-00-00 105
97-130 KSP 756 Mode C Transponder System
(S/N 33101 through 33213, 36001 through 36272, and
36274 through 36275................................................................ 97-00-00 105
97-131 MST 67A Mode S Transponder System
(S/N 36273 and 36276 through 36461) ............................ 97-00-00 106
97-132 MST 67A Mode S (ELS) Transponder System
(S/N 36462 and Subsequent) ........................................... 97-00-00 107
97-133 Mode C Transponder System (S/N 33001 through 33213,
36001 through 36272, and 36274 through 36275)
— Functional Check ................................................................. 97-00-00 107
97-134 Preliminary Test Procedures............................................. 97-00-00 107
97-135 Self-Test (S/N 33001 through 33100) ............................... 97-00-00 108
97-136 Self-Test (S/N 33101 through 33213,
36001 through 36272, and 36274 through 36275) ........... 97-00-00 108
97-137 Setup of Transponder Test Set......................................... 97-00-00 108
97-138 Pilot Code Checks ............................................................ 97-00-00 110
97-139 IDENT Check .................................................................... 97-00-00 110
97-140 Transmitter Frequency Test.............................................. 97-00-00 110
97-141 Receiver Sensitivity Test................................................... 97-00-00 110
97-142 Side Lobe Suppression Tests ........................................... 97-00-00 110
97-143 MST 67A Mode S Transponder — Functional Check
(S/N 36273 and 36276 and Subsequent) ................................. 97-00-00 111
97-144 MST 67A Mode S Transponder
— Ground Evaluation Test................................................ 97-00-00 111
97-145 Mode A Test...................................................................... 97-00-00 112
97-146 Mode C Test ..................................................................... 97-00-00 112
97-147 FID Mode (PS 578 only) ................................................... 97-00-00 113
97-148 Post-test Procedures ........................................................ 97-00-00 113
97-149 Mode C Transponder System — Troubleshooting ................... 97-00-00 113
97-150 Transponder System — Removal............................................. 97-00-00 114
97-151 Transponder — Removal.................................................. 97-00-00 114
97-152 Transponder Control (S/N 33001 through 33100
— Removal ....................................................................... 97-00-00 114

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 15 DEC 2015 Rev. 23 Page 5
BHT-412-MM-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

Paragraph Chapter/Section Page


Number Title Number Number

97-153 Transponder Control (S/N 33101 through 36086 and


36087 and Subsequent) — Removal................................ 97-00-00 114
97-154 Transponder Antenna — Removal ................................... 97-00-00 114
97-155 Transponder System — Installation.......................................... 97-00-00 115
97-156 Transponder — Installation............................................... 97-00-00 115
97-157 Transponder Control (S/N 33001 through 33100)
— Installation .................................................................... 97-00-00 115
97-158 Transponder Control (S/N 33101 through 36086 and
36087 and Subsequent) — Installation............................. 97-00-00 115
97-159 Transponder Antenna — Installation ................................ 97-00-00 115
97-160 Transponder System — Inspection .......................................... 97-00-00 115
97-161 Transponder System — Cleaning............................................. 97-00-00 116
97-162 Transponder System — Repair or Replacement...................... 97-00-00 116

VHF NAVIGATION SYSTEM

97-163 VHF Navigation (VOR/LOC/GS) System


(S/N 33001 through 33100) ........................................................... 97-00-00 117
97-164 VHF Navigation (VOR/ILS and VOR/LOC/GS) System
(S/N 33101 through 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent) .............. 97-00-00 117
97-165 VHF Navigation System — Functional Test ............................. 97-00-00 118
97-166 Preliminary Test Procedures............................................. 97-00-00 118
97-167 Single Receiver System .................................................... 97-00-00 119
97-168 Dual Receiver (Single Pilot) System ................................. 97-00-00 120
97-169 Dual Receiver (Dual Pilot) System.................................... 97-00-00 121
97-170 Localizer............................................................................ 97-00-00 122
97-171 Glideslope (GS) ................................................................ 97-00-00 122
97-172 VHF Navigation System — Troubleshooting ............................ 97-00-00 123
97-173 VHF Navigation System — Removal Procedures .................... 97-00-00 124
97-174 VHF Navigation Receiver (No. 1 or No. 2)........................ 97-00-00 124
97-175 NAV Control Panel (No. 1 or No. 2)
(S/N 33001 through 33100) .............................................. 97-00-00 124
97-176 NAV Control Panel (No. 1 or No. 2)
(S/N 33101 through 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent) . 97-00-00 124
97-177 CSI (Dual VHF Navigation Systems) ................................ 97-00-00 124
97-178 NAV Antenna Coupler (Installed with No. 2 VHF
Navigation System)........................................................... 97-00-00 125
97-179 Omni Antenna (Left or Right Half Element) ...................... 97-00-00 125
97-180 Glideslope Antenna Coupler ............................................. 97-00-00 125
97-181 Glideslope Antenna........................................................... 97-00-00 125
97-182 VHF Navigation System — Installation Procedures ................. 97-00-00 125
97-183 VHF Navigation Receiver (No. 1 or No. 2)........................ 97-00-00 125
97-184 NAV/DME Control Unit (No. 1 or No. 2)
(S/N 33001 through 33100) .............................................. 97-00-00 125
97-185 NAV/DME Control Unit (No. 1 or No. 2)
(S/N 33101 through 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent) . 97-00-00 125
97-186 CSI (Dual VOR/LOC/GS or VOR/LOC Systems).............. 97-00-00 125

97-00-00
Page 6 Rev. 23 15 DEC 2015 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

Paragraph Chapter/Section Page


Number Title Number Number

97-187 NAV Antenna Coupler (Installed with No. 2 VHF


Navigation System) ........................................................... 97-00-00 126
97-188 Omni Antenna (Left or Right Half Element) ...................... 97-00-00 126
97-189 Glideslope Antenna Coupler ............................................. 97-00-00 126
97-190 Glideslope Antenna........................................................... 97-00-00 126
97-191 VHF Navigation System — Inspection Procedures .................. 97-00-00 126
97-192 VHF Navigation System — Cleaning Procedures .................... 97-00-00 126
97-193 VHF Navigation System — Repair or Replacement ................. 97-00-00 126

ADF NAVIGATION SYSTEM

97-194 ADF Navigation System (When Installed)


(S/N 33001 through 33100) ........................................................... 97-00-00 127
97-195 ADF Navigation System (When Installed)
(S/N 33101 through 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent) .............. 97-00-00 127
97-196 ADF Navigation System — Functional Test ............................. 97-00-00 127
97-197 Preliminary Test Procedures............................................. 97-00-00 127
97-198 Test Procedures................................................................ 97-00-00 127
97-199 ADF Navigation System — Troubleshooting ............................ 97-00-00 128
97-200 ADF Navigation System — Removal Procedures .................... 97-00-00 129
97-201 ADF Receiver.................................................................... 97-00-00 129
97-202 ADF Control Panel (S/N 33001 through 33100) ............... 97-00-00 130
97-203 ADF Control Panel (S/N 33101 through 36086 and
36087 and Subsequent).................................................... 97-00-00 130
97-204 ADF Loop Antenna (S/N 33001 through 33100)............... 97-00-00 130
97-205 ADF Loop/Sense Antenna
(S/N 33101 through 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent) . 97-00-00 130
97-206 ADF Sense Antenna (Whip) (S/N 33001 through 33100) . 97-00-00 130
97-207 ADF Navigation System — Installation Procedures ................. 97-00-00 130
97-208 ADF Receiver.................................................................... 97-00-00 130
97-209 ADF Control Panel (S/N 33001 through 33100) ............... 97-00-00 131
97-210 ADF Control Panel (S/N 33101 through 36086 and
36087 and Subsequent).................................................... 97-00-00 131
97-211 ADF Loop Antenna (S/N 33001 through 33100)............... 97-00-00 131
97-212 ADF Loop/Sense Antenna (S/N 33101 through 36086
and 36087 and Subsequent)............................................. 97-00-00 131
97-213 ADF Sense Antenna (Whip) (S/N 33001 through 33100) . 97-00-00 131
97-214 ADF Navigation System — Inspection Procedures .................. 97-00-00 132
97-215 ADF Navigation System — Cleaning Procedures .................... 97-00-00 132
97-216 ADF Navigation System — Repair or Replacement ................. 97-00-00 132

MARKER BEACON SYSTEM

97-217 Marker Beacon System (When Installed)


(S/N 33001 through 33100) ........................................................... 97-00-00 133
97-218 Marker Beacon System (When installed)
(S/N 33101 through 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent) .............. 97-00-00 133
97-219 Marker Beacon System — Functional Test .............................. 97-00-00 133

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 15 DEC 2015 Rev. 23 Page 7
BHT-412-MM-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

Paragraph Chapter/Section Page


Number Title Number Number

97-220 Preliminary Test Procedures............................................. 97-00-00 133


97-221 Marker Beacon Test Procedures ...................................... 97-00-00 135
97-222 Marker Beacon System — Troubleshooting ............................. 97-00-00 135
97-223 Marker Beacon System — Removal Procedures ..................... 97-00-00 137
97-224 Marker Beacon Receiver (S/N 33001 through 33100)...... 97-00-00 137
97-225 VHF NAV Receiver No. 1
(S/N 33101 through 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent) . 97-00-00 137
97-226 NAV AUDIO Control Panel ............................................... 97-00-00 137
97-227 Marker Beacon Antenna ................................................... 97-00-00 137
97-228 Marker Beacon System — Installation Procedures .................. 97-00-00 137
97-229 Marker Beacon Receiver (S/N 33001 through 33100)...... 97-00-00 137
97-230 VHF NAV Receiver No. 1
(S/N 33101 through 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent) . 97-00-00 137
97-231 NAV AUDIO Control Panel ............................................... 97-00-00 138
97-232 Marker Beacon Antenna ................................................... 97-00-00 138
97-233 Marker Beacon System — Inspection Procedures ................... 97-00-00 138
97-234 Marker Beacon System — Cleaning Procedures ..................... 97-00-00 138
97-235 Marker Beacon System — Repair or Replacement.................. 97-00-00 138

RADAR ALTIMETER NAVIGATION SYSTEM

97-236 Radar Altimeter Navigation System ............................................... 97-00-00 139


97-237 Radar Altimeter Navigation System — Functional Test............ 97-00-00 139
97-238 Preliminary Test Procedures............................................. 97-00-00 139
97-239 Test Procedures................................................................ 97-00-00 139
97-240 Radar Altimeter Navigation System — Troubleshooting .......... 97-00-00 139
97-241 Radar Altimeter Navigation System — Removal Procedures... 97-00-00 141
97-242 Radar Altimeter Receiver-Transmitter .............................. 97-00-00 141
97-243 Radar Altimeter Indicator .................................................. 97-00-00 141
97-244 Radar Altimeter Antenna................................................... 97-00-00 141
97-245 Radar Altimeter Navigation System
— Installation Procedures......................................................... 97-00-00 142
97-246 Radar Altimeter Receiver-Transmitter .............................. 97-00-00 142
97-247 Radar Altimeter Indicator .................................................. 97-00-00 142
97-248 Radar Altimeter Antenna................................................... 97-00-00 142
97-249 Radar Altimeter Navigation System
— Inspection Procedures ......................................................... 97-00-00 142
97-250 Radar Altimeter Navigation System — Cleaning Procedures... 97-00-00 142
97-251 Radar Altimeter Navigation System
— Repair or Replacement ........................................................ 97-00-00 142

DME NAVIGATION SYSTEM

97-252 DME Navigation System (When Installed)..................................... 97-00-00 145


97-253 DME Navigation System — Functional Test............................. 97-00-00 145
97-254 Preliminary Test Procedures............................................. 97-00-00 145
97-255 Test Procedures................................................................ 97-00-00 145
97-256 DME Navigation System — Troubleshooting ........................... 97-00-00 146

97-00-00
Page 8 Rev. 23 15 DEC 2015 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

Paragraph Chapter/Section Page


Number Title Number Number

97-257 DMS Navigation System — Removal Procedures......................... 97-00-00 147


97-258 DME Receiver-Transmitter ............................................... 97-00-00 147
97-259 NAV Control Panel (S/N 33001 through 33100) ............... 97-00-00 148
97-260 NAV Control Panel (S/N 33101 through 36086 and
36087 and Subsequent).................................................... 97-00-00 148
97-261 NAV AUDIO Control Panel ............................................... 97-00-00 148
97-262 DME Antenna.................................................................... 97-00-00 148
97-263 DME Navigation System — Installation Procedures................. 97-00-00 148
97-264 DME Receiver-Transmitter ............................................... 97-00-00 148
97-265 NAV Control Panel (S/N 33001 through 33100) ............... 97-00-00 148
97-266 NAV Control Panel (S/N 33101 through 36086 and
36087 and Subsequent).................................................... 97-00-00 148
97-267 NAV AUDIO Control Panel ............................................... 97-00-00 149
97-268 DME Antenna.................................................................... 97-00-00 149
97-269 DME Navigation System — Inspection Procedures ................. 97-00-00 149
97-270 DME Navigation System — Cleaning Procedures.................... 97-00-00 149
97-271 DME Navigation System — Repair or Replacement ................ 97-00-00 149

AVIONICS SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS

97-272 Avionics System Wiring Diagrams ................................................. 97-00-00 151


97-273 Wiring Diagrams ....................................................................... 97-00-00 151
97-274 Use Of Underlined Capital Letters ............................................ 97-00-00 151

FIGURES

Figure Page
Number Title Number

97-1 Avionics Equipment Location (S/N 33001 through 33100) ................................. 26


97-2 Avionics Equipment Location
(S/N 33101 through 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent) ................................... 39
97-3 Intercom Control Unit .......................................................................................... 60
97-4 Intercommunications System (ICS) Block Diagram
(S/N 33001 through 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent .................................... 61
97-5 Transponder Test Setup ..................................................................................... 109
97-6 NAV AUDIO Control Panel ................................................................................. 134
97-7 Intercommunication System (ICS) Wiring Diagram
(S/N 33001 through 33100) ................................................................................ 152
97-8 Intercommunication System (ICS) Wiring Diagram
(S/N 33101 through 36086 and 36087 through 36637) ...................................... 155
97-9 Intercommunication System (ICS) Wiring Diagram
(S/N 36638 through 36999) ................................................................................ 160
97-10 VHF Communication System (KTR-905) Wiring Diagram
(S/N 33001 through 33100) ................................................................................ 165
97-11 VHF Communication System (KTR-908) Wiring Diagram
(S/N 33101 through 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent) ................................... 167

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 7 NOV 2016 Rev. 25 Page 9
BHT-412-MM-11

FIGURES (CONT)

Figure Page
Number Title Number

97-12 Gyromagnetic Compass System Wiring Diagram (S/N 33001 through 33100) .. 169
97-13 Gyromagnetic Compass System Wiring Diagram
(S/N 33101 through 36086 and 36087 through 36247) ...................................... 171
97-14 ATC Transponder System (KXP-755) Wiring Diagram
(S/N 33001 through 33100) ................................................................................ 175
97-15 ATC Transponder System (KXP-755) Wiring Diagram
(S/N 33101 through 36086) ................................................................................ 176
97-16 ATC Transponder System (KXP-755) Wiring Diagram
(S/N 36087 through 36124) ................................................................................ 177
97-17 ATC Transponder System (KXP-756) Wiring Diagram
(S/N 36125 through 36272 and 36274 and 36275) ............................................ 178
97-18 VOR/LOC/GS Navigation System(s) (KNR-630/632)
(S/N 33001 through 33100) ................................................................................ 179
97-19 VHF NAV System No. 1 (KNR-634/634A) Wiring Diagram
(S/N 33101 through 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent) ................................... 184
97-20 VHF NAV System No. 2 (KNR-634) Wiring Diagram
(S/N 33101 through 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent .................................... 191
97-21 VHF Navigation System (KDF-805) Wiring Diagram
(S/N 33001 through 33100) ................................................................................ 193
97-22 ADF Navigation System (KDF-806) Wiring Diagram
(S/N 33101 through 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent .................................... 194
97-23 Marker Beacon System (KMR-675) Wiring Diagram
(S/N 33001 through 33100) ................................................................................ 195
97-24 Radar Altimeter Navigation System (RA-235) Wiring Diagram
(S/N 33001 through 33100) ................................................................................ 196
97-25 Radar Altimeter Navigation System Wiring Diagram
(S/N 33101 through 36086) ................................................................................ 197
97-26 Radar Altimeter 1 Wiring Diagram (S/N 36087 and Subsequent)....................... 198
97-27 Radar Altimeter 2 Wiring Diagram (S/N 36087 and Subsequent)....................... 199
97-28 DME Navigation System (KDM-706) Wiring Diagram
(S/N 33001 through 33100) ................................................................................ 200
97-29 DME Navigation System (KDM-706) Wiring Diagram
(S/N 33101 through 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent) ................................... 201
97-30 DME Navigation System (KDM-706) Wiring Diagram (EFIS Configuration)
(S/N 36087 through 36171) ................................................................................ 204
97-31 DME Navigation System (KDM-706) Wiring Diagram (EFIS Configuration)
(S/N 36172 and Subsequent) ............................................................................. 205
97-32 Avionics Circuit Breakers .................................................................................... 207
97-33 Weather Radar Kit Wiring Diagram (S/N 36087 and Subsequent) ..................... 208
97-34 Mode S Transponder Kit (MST 67A) Wiring Diagram
(S/N 36273 and S/N 36276 and Subsequent) .................................................... 209
97-35 Copilot Instrument Radio Altimeter Wiring Diagram
(SN 36087 and Subsequent) .............................................................................. 211

97-00-00
Page 10 Rev. 23 15 DEC 2015 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

TABLES

Table Page
Number Title Number

97-1 Equipment List (S/N 33001 through 33100)........................................................ 15


97-2 Equipment List (S/N 33101 through 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent............ 19
97-3 Intercommunication System — Troubleshooting ................................................ 75
97-4 VHF/AM Communication System — Troubleshooting ........................................ 80
97-5 Gyromagnetic Compass System — Troubleshooting ......................................... 90
97-6 Attitude Heading Reference System (AHRS) — Troubleshooting ...................... 99
97-7 Test Points (Feet) ............................................................................................... 113
97-8 Test Points (Meters)............................................................................................ 113
97-9 ATC Transponder System — Troubleshooting ................................................... 114
97-10 VHF Navigation System — Troubleshooting ...................................................... 123
97-11 ADF Navigation System — Troubleshooting ...................................................... 128
97-12 Marker Beacon System — Troubleshooting ....................................................... 135
97-13 Radar Altimeter Navigation System — Troubleshooting..................................... 140
97-14 DME Navigation System — Troubleshooting...................................................... 146

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 15 DEC 2015 Rev. 23 Page 11/12
BHT-412-MM-11

AVIONICS SYSTEMS

97-1. AVIONICS SYSTEMS • Radar Altimeter Navigation System Kit

97-2. DESCRIPTION A copilot (No. 2) Three Axis Gyro Equipment kit is


available from the manufacturer and may be installed
Serial numbers are included in this chapter to show in helicopter S/N 33001 through 33100. Complete
effectivity differences. The absence of serial number installation instructions are supplied with the kit.
effectivities indicates the information applies to all Complete maintenance instructions are presented in
serial number effectivities. the gyromagnetic compass system section of this
chapter. Provisions have been incorporated in the
The avionics communication and navigation systems helicopter to accept this kit. Cable assemblies and
installed in helicopter models 412/412EP consists of wiring have been provided and wires and connectors
the pilot/copilot intercommunication system, VHF/AM have been stowed in the helicopter at the locations
communication system, and pilot/copilot gyromagnetic where the units and components are installed.
compass system. For access locations to avionics
components, refer to Chapter 52. 97-3. AIRFRAME COMPONENTS

The following optional avionics auxiliary equipment are Components that are a part of the avionics
kits and are available from, or can be installed by the configuration and are termed airframe components,
manufacturer. Provisions have been incorporated in include the following avionics/electrical items:
the helicopter to accept these kits; cable assemblies
and wiring have been provided, and wires and
connectors have been stowed in the helicopter at AC and DC power busses Panel lights
locations where units and components are to be
installed. Complete maintenance instructions are Circuit board assemblies Plugs
presented in this chapter pertaining to the following
system kits: Circuit breakers Receptacles

Connectors Replays
• VOR/ILS Navigation System No. 1 Kit
(S/N 33101 through 36086 and 36087 and Diode assemblies Resistors
subsequent)
Interconnecting wiring Switches
• VOR/LOC/GS Navigation System No. 1 Kit Electrical leads Terminal boards
(S/N 33001 through 33100)
For maintenance information of airframe components,
• VOR/LOC/GS Navigation System No. 2 Kit refer to Chapter 96.

• VHF AM Communication System No. 2 Kit 97-4. ENERGIZING POWER BUSES FOR
FUNCTIONAL TESTS (S/N 33001
• VOR/LOC Navigation System No. 1 Kit THROUGH 33107)

• DME Navigation System Kit 1. The following is a general procedure for


energizing the AC and DC buses when using an
• ATC Transponder System Kit external power source during functional testing of the
avionics systems and sets.
• Marker Beacon Navigation System Kit
(S/N 33001 through 33100) a. Close the following circuit breakers:

• Aft Crew 2 Station ICS Kit MASTER CAUTION

• ADF Navigation System Kit COPLT 115 VAC BUS FEEDER

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 13
BHT-412-MM-11

PILOT 115 VAC BUS FEEDER AC FEEDERS BUS 2 115V

BUS 3 FEEDER 115 VAC AC FEEDERS BUS 3 115V

COPLT 26 VAC BUS FEEDER AC FEEDERS EMERG BUS 115V

PILOT 26 VAC BUS FEEDER AC FEEDERS BUS 1 26V

BUS FEEDER 26 VAC AC FEEDERS BUS 2 26V

NO. 1 ESNTL BUS FEEDER (4) AC FEEDERS BUS 3 26V

NO. 2 ESNTL BUS FEEDER (4) AC FEEDERS EMERG BUS 26V

GEN 1 FIELD NO. 1 ESNTL BUS FEEDERS (4)

GEN 2 FIELD NO. 2 ESNTL BUS FEEDERS (4)

INV 1 PWR GEN 1 FIELD

INV 2 PWR GEN 2 FIELD

EMERG BUS INTCON INV 1 PWR

BUS 1 VM INV 2 PWR

BUS 2 VM EMERG BUS INTCT

b. Set the INV 1 and INV 2 switches to ON. BUS 1 VM

c. Close all the remaining AC circuit breakers to BUS 2 VM


load the inverters.
b. Set INV 1 switch and INV 2 switch to ON.
2. To energize the avionics systems or sets, refer to
the functional test procedures for the individual c. Close all remaining AC circuit breakers to load
systems or sets. the inverters.

97-5. ENERGIZING POWER BUSES FOR 2. To energize avionics systems or sets, refer to
FUNCTIONAL TESTS (S/N 33108 functional test procedures for individual systems or
THROUGH 36086 AND 36087 AND sets.
SUBSEQUENT)
97-6. ILLUSTRATIONS
1. The following is a general procedure for
energizing AC and DC buses when using an external 1. For avionics systems, sets, or components
power source during functional testing of the avionics installed in basic configuration helicopter, refer to
systems and sets. following illustrations.

a. Close the following circuit breakers: a. The avionics equipment location (Figure 97-1
and Figure 97-2) shows the physical location of the
MASTER CAUTION avionics and airframe components and indicates
access. For code designation correlation, refer to the
AC FEEDERS BUS 1 115V avionics equipment list (Table 97-1 and Table 97-2).

97-00-00
Page 14 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

b. The control unit illustrations (Figure 97-3 and Table 97-1. Equipment List
Figure 97-4), intercom control unit and block diagram, (S/N 33001 through 33100) (Cont)
illustrate the control selectors and switches for use as
a guide for settings when performing functional testing REF DES NOMENCLATURE
of respective systems.
P319R DISCONNECT, AFT RIGHT
c. Avionics wiring diagrams identify all the CREW HEADSET
conductors by wire numbers, all shielding, TB22 TERMINAL BLOCK, COPILOT
components, and equipment in the installed avionics HEADSET
configuration to use as a reference when replacing
components, equipment, and wiring, and to TB23 TERMINAL BLOCK, PILOT
troubleshoot the respective system. HEADSET

2300DS1 ANNUNCIATOR, RIGHT AFT


d. For avionics systems kits (Omni Navigation
INT/CALL
System Kit, ADF Navigation System Kit, and/or
Avionics 2 Station ICS System Kit), refer to the 2300DS2 ANNUNCIATOR, LEFT AFT
avionics kits wiring diagram for replacement, reference INT/CALL
of components, equipment and wiring, and for
troubleshooting respective kits (when installed). 2300J5 DISCONNECT, DOORPOST

2300P5 DISCONNECT, DOORPOST


e. For instrument flight rules configuration or
instrument meteorological conditions configuration 2301A1 PANEL, EMERGENCY KEY
modification kits, refer to the appropriate Service
Instruction, as applicable, for equipment location and 2301A2 PANEL, INTERFACE
avionics wiring diagrams.
2301A2J1 CONNECTOR, INTERFACE
PANEL

Table 97-1. Equipment List 2301A2P1 CONNECTOR, INTERFACE


(S/N 33001 through 33100) PANEL
2301CP1 CONTROL UNIT, PILOT
REF DES NOMENCLATURE
INTERCOMM
J46 CONNECTOR, PILOT CYCLIC 2301CP1P1 CONNECTOR, PILOT
STICK INTERCOMM CONTROL UNIT
J47 CONNECTOR, COPILOT 2301CP2 CONTROL UNIT, COPILOT
CYCLIC STICK INTERCOMM
J308L JACK, COPILOT HEADSET 2301CP2P1 CONNECTOR, COPILOT
J308R JACK, PILOT HEADSET INTERCOMM CONTROL UNIT

J319L DISCONNECT, LEFT AFT CREW 2301CP3 CONTROL UNIT, RIGHT AFT
HEADSET CREW INTERCOMM

J319R DISCONNECT, AFT RIGHT 2301CP3P1 CONNECTOR, RIGHT AFT


CREW HEADSET CREW INTERCOMM CONTROL
UNIT
P46 CONNECTOR, PILOT CYCLIC
STICK 2301CP4 CONTROL UNIT, LEFT AFT
CREW INTERCOMM
P47 CONNECTOR, COPILOT
CYCLIC STICK 2301CP4P1 CONNECTOR, LEFT AFT CREW
INTERCOMM CONTROL UNIT
P319L DISCONNECT, AFT LEFT CREW
HEADSET 2301S3 SWITCH, PILOT FOOT

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 15
BHT-412-MM-11

Table 97-1. Equipment List Table 97-1. Equipment List


(S/N 33001 through 33100) (Cont) (S/N 33001 through 33100) (Cont)

REF DES NOMENCLATURE REF DES NOMENCLATURE

2301S4 SWITCH, COPILOT FOOT 2303TR2 TRANSCEIVER, VHF COMM


NO. 2
2301TB1 TERMINAL BLOCK,
INTERCOMM 2303TR2P1 CONNECTOR, VHF COMM NO.
2 TRANSCEIVER
2301TB2 TERMINAL BLOCK,
INTERCOMM 2303TR2P2 CONNECTOR, VHF COMM NO.
2 TRANSCEIVER
2301TB3 TERMINAL BLOCK,
INTERCOMM 3400CP1 CONTROL PANEL, NAV AUDIO

2303CP1 CONTROL, VHF COMM NO. 1 3400CP1P1 CONNECTOR, NAV AUDIO


CONTROL PANEL
2303CP1P1 CONNECTOR, VHF COMM NO.
1 CONTROL 3400J1 DISCONNECT, INSTRUMENT
PANEL
2303CP2 CONTROL, VHF COMM NO. 2
3400J8 DISCONNECT, WINDSHIELD
2303CP2P1 CONNECTOR, VHF COMM NO. POST
2 CONTROL
3400P1 DISCONNECT, INSTRUMENT
2303E1 ANTENNA, VHF COMM NO. 1 PANEL
2303E1P1 CONNECTOR, VHF COMM NO. 3400P8 DISCONNECT, WINDSHIELD
1 ANTENNA POST
2303E2 ANTENNA, VHF COMM NO. 2 3400TB1 TERMINAL BLOCK, COMM,
2303E2P1 CONNECTOR, VHF COMM NOSE
NO. 2 ANTENNA 3400TB2 TERMINAL BLOCK, COMM,
2303J1 DISCONNECT, VHF COMM NOSE
NO. 1, NOSE 3400TB3 TERMINAL BLOCK, AC
2303J2 DISCONNECT, VHF COMM RETURN, NOSE
NO. 2, NOSE 3400TB4 TERMINAL BLOCK,
2303P1 DISCONNECT, VHF COMM GLIDESLOPE, NOSE
NO. 1, NOSE 3405AR1 ADAPTER, RMI NO. 1
2303P2 DISCONNECT, VHF COMM 3405AR1P1 CONNECTOR, RMI NO. 1
NO. 2, NOSE ADAPTER
2303P3 DISCONNECT, VHF COMM 3405AR2 ADAPTER, RMI NO. 2
NO. 1
3405AR2P1 CONNECTOR, RMI NO. 2
2303TR1 TRANSCEIVER, VHF COMM ADAPTER
NO. 1
3405CP1 CONTROL PANEL, NAV NO. 1
2303TR1P1 CONNECTOR, VHF COMM
NO. 1 TRANSCEIVER 3405CP1P1 CONNECTOR, NAV NO. 1
CONTROL PANEL
2303TR1P2 CONNECTOR, VHF COMM
NO. 2 TRANSCEIVER 3405CP2 CONTROL PANEL, NAV NO. 2

97-00-00
Page 16 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

Table 97-1. Equipment List Table 97-1. Equipment List


(S/N 33001 through 33100) (Cont) (S/N 33001 through 33100) (Cont)

REF DES NOMENCLATURE REF DES NOMENCLATURE

3405CP2P1 CONNECTOR, NAV NO. 2 3405J5 DISCONNECT, TAILBOOM


CONTROL PANEL
3405J6 DISCONNECT, TAILBOOM
3405CP3 COUPLER, NAV ANTENNA ANTENNA

3405CP3P1 CONNECTOR, NAV ANTENNA 3405P1 DISCONNECT, NOSE


COUPLER
3405P2 DISCONNECT, NOSE
3405CP3P2 CONNECTOR, NAV ANTENNA
COUPLER 3405P3 DISCONNECT, NOSE

3405CP3P3 CONNECTOR, NAV ANTENNA 3405P4 DISCONNECT, NOSE


COUPLER 3405P5 DISCONNECT, TAILBOOM
3405CP4 CONTROL PANEL, PILOT NAV 3405P6 DISCONNECT, TAILBOOM
BEARING POINTER ANTENNA
3405CP4P1 CONNECTOR, PILOT NAV 3405RE1 RECEIVER, NAV NO. 1
BEARING POINTER SWITCH
3405RE1P1 CONNECTOR, NAV RECEIVER
3405CP5 CONTROL PANEL, COPILOT NO. 1
NAV BEARING POINTER
3405RE1P2 CONNECTOR, NAV RECEIVER
3405CP5P1 CONNECTOR, COPILOT NAV NO. 1
BEARING POINTER SWITCH
3405RE1P3 CONNECTOR, NAV RECEIVER
3405DS1 INDICATOR, PILOT HSI NO. 1
3405DS1P1 CONNECTOR, PILOT HSI 3405RE2 RECEIVER, NAV NO. 2
3405DS2 INDICATOR, COPILOT HSI 3405RE2P1 CONNECTOR, NAV RECEIVER
3405DS2P1 CONNECTOR, COPILOT HSI NO. 2

3405DS3 INDICATOR, COURSE SELECT 3405RE2P2 CONNECTOR, NAV RECEIVER


NO. 2
3405DS3P1 CONNECTOR, COURSE
SELECT INDICATOR 3405RE2P3 CONNECTOR, NAV RECEIVER
NO. 2
3405E1 ANTENNA, LEFT OMNI
3405S1 SWITCH, COURSE SET
3405E1P1 CONNECTOR, LEFT OMNI
ANTENNA 3405S3 SWITCH, PILOT NAV BEARING
POINTER
3405E2 ANTENNA, RIGHT OMNI
3405S4 SWITCH, COPILOT NAV
3405E2P1 CONNECTOR, RIGHT OMNI BEARING POINTER
ANTENNA
3405TB1 TERMINAL BLOCK, NAV, NOSE
3405J1 DISCONNECT, NOSE
3405TB2 TERMINAL BLOCK, NAV, NOSE
3405J2 DISCONNECT, NOSE
3406C1 CAPACITOR, ADF SENSE
3405J3 DISCONNECT, NOSE ANTENNA

3405J4 DISCONNECT, NOSE 3406CP1 CONTROL PANEL, ADF

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 17
BHT-412-MM-11

Table 97-1. Equipment List Table 97-1. Equipment List


(S/N 33001 through 33100) (Cont) (S/N 33001 through 33100) (Cont)

REF DES NOMENCLATURE REF DES NOMENCLATURE

3406CP1P1 CONNECTOR, ADF CONTROL 3407MP1P1 CONNECTOR, 3-AXIS


PANEL REFERENCE SENSOR NO. 1
3406E1 ANTENNA, ADF SENSE 3407MP2 SENSOR, 3-AXIS REFERENCE
NO. 2 (COPILOT)
3406E1J1 DISCONNECT, ADF SENSE
ANTENNA 3407MP2P1 CONNECTOR, 3-AXIS
REFERENCE SENSOR NO. 2
3406E1P1 DISCONNECT, ADF SENSE
ANTENNA 3407P1 DISCONNECT, TAILBOOM

3406E2 ANTENNA, ADF LOOP 3407P2 DISCONNECT, TAILBOOM


3406E2P1 CONNECTOR, ADF LOOP 3407TB1 TERMINAL BLOCK, GYRO
ANTENNA COMPASS, NOSE

3406J1 DISCONNECT, NOSE 3407TR1 FLUX VALVE, NO. 1


TRANSMITTER
3406P1 DISCONNECT, NOSE
3407TR2 FLUX VALVE, NO. 2
3406RE1 RECEIVER, ADF TRANSMITTER
3406RE1P1 CONNECTOR, ADF RECEIVER 3408DS1 INDICATOR, RADAR
3406RE1P2 CONNECTOR, ADF RECEIVER ALTIMETER INDICATOR

3406RE1P3 CONNECTOR, ADF RECEIVER 3408DS1P1 CONNECTOR, RADAR


ALTIMETER INDICATOR
3407CP1 CONTROL PANEL, PILOT
COMPASS 3408E1 ANTENNA, RADAR ALTIMETER
RECEIVE
3407CP1P1 CONNECTOR, PILOT COMPASS
CONTROL PANEL 3408E1P1 CONNECTOR, RADAR
ALTIMETER RECEIVE
3407CP2 CONTROL PANEL, COPILOT ANTENNA
COMPASS
3408E2 ANTENNA, RADAR ALTIMETER
3407CP2P1 CONNECTOR, COPILOT TRANSMIT
COMPASS CONTROL PANEL
3408E2P1 CONNECTOR, RADAR
3407J1 DISCONNECT, TAILBOOM ALTIMETER TRANSMIT
ANTENNA
3407J2 DISCONNECT, TAILBOOM
3408J4 DISCONNECT, TAILBOOM
3407L1 COMPENSATOR, DUAL
REMOTE COMPASS 3408J5 DISCONNECT, TAILBOOM

3407L1P1 CONNECTOR, DUAL REMOTE 3408P4 DISCONNECT, TAILBOOM


COMPASS COMPENSATOR
3408P5 DISCONNECT, TAILBOOM
3407L1P2 CONNECTOR, DUAL REMOTE
COMPASS COMPENSATOR 3408TR1 RECEIVER-TRANSMITTER
(R/T), RADAR ALTIMETER
3407MP1 SENSOR, 3-AXIS REFERENCE
NO. 1 (PILOT) 3408TR1P1 CONNECTOR, RADAR
ALTIMETER R/T

97-00-00
Page 18 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

Table 97-1. Equipment List Table 97-1. Equipment List


(S/N 33001 through 33100) (Cont) (S/N 33001 through 33100) (Cont)

REF DES NOMENCLATURE REF DES NOMENCLATURE

3408TR1P2 CONNECTOR, RADAR 3413CP1P2 CONNECTOR, GLIDESLOPE


ALTIMETER R/T COUPLER
3408TR1P3 CONNECTOR, RADAR 3413CP1P3 CONNECTOR, GLIDESLOPE
ALTIMETER R/T COUPLER

3410CP1 CONTROL PANEL, 3413E1 ANTENNA, GLIDESLOPE


TRANSPONDER
3413E1P1 CONNECTOR, GLIDESLOPE
3410CP1P1 CONNECTOR, TRANSPONDER ANTENNA
CONTROL PANEL
3414DS1 INDICATOR, DME
3410E1 ANTENNA, TRANSPONDER
3414DS1P1 CONNECTOR, DME INDICATOR
3410E1P1 CONNECTOR, TRANSPONDER
ANTENNA 3414E1 ANTENNA, DME

3410J1 DISCONNECT, NOSE 3414E1P1 CONNECTOR, DME ANTENNA

3410P1 DISCONNECT, NOSE 3414TR1 RECEIVER-TRANSMITTER DME

3410TR1 TRANSPONDER 3414TR1P1 CONNECTOR, DME


RECEIVER-TRANSMITTER
3410TR1P1 CONNECTOR, TRANSPONDER
3414TR1P2 CONNECTOR, DME
3410TR1P2 CONNECTOR, TRANSPONDER RECEIVER-TRANSMITTER
3410TR1P3 CONNECTOR, TRANSPONDER 3414TR1P3 CONNECTOR, DME
RECEIVER-TRANSMITTER
3412CP1 INDICATOR, PILOT MARKER
BEACON 3414TR1P4 CONNECTOR, DME
RECEIVER-TRANSMITTER
3412CP1P1 CONNECTOR, PILOT MARKER
BEACON INDICATOR
3412CP2 INDICATOR, COPILOT MARKER
Table 97-2. Equipment List (S/N 33101 through
BEACON
36086 and 36087 and Subsequent
3412CP2P1 CONNECTOR, COPILOT
MARKER BEACON INDICATOR REF DES NOMENCLATURE

3412E1 ANTENNA, MARKER BEACON J308L CONN, COPILOT HEADSET


3412E1P1 CONNECTOR, MARKER J308R CONN, PILOT HEADSET
BEACON ANTENNA
TB22 TERMINAL BLOCK,
3412RE1 RECEIVER, MARKER BEACON COPILOT HEADSET

3412RE1P1 CONNECTOR, MARKER TB23 TERMINAL BLOCK, PILOT


BEACON RECEIVER HEADSET
3413CP1 COUPLER, GLIDESLOPE 4A1J1 CONN, PILOT CYCLIC
ANTENNA STICK

3413CP1P1 CONNECTOR, GLIDESLOPE 4A1P1 CONN, PILOT CYCLIC


COUPLER STICK

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 19
BHT-412-MM-11

Table 97-2. Equipment List (S/N 33101 through Table 97-2. Equipment List (S/N 33101 through
36086 and 36087 and Subsequent (Cont) 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent (Cont)

REF DES NOMENCLATURE REF DES NOMENCLATURE

5A1J1 CONN, COPILOT CYCLIC 2301CP1P1 CONN, COPILOT


STICK INTERCOMM CONTROL
UNIT
5A1P1 CONN, COPILOT CYCLIC
STICK 2301CP2 CONTROL UNIT, PILOT
INTERCOMM
*9J3 CONN, AFCS
2301CP2P1 CONN, PILOT INTERCOMM
*9P3 CONN, AFCS CONTROL UNIT
*9TB33 RECEPTACLE, 2301CP3 CONTROL UNIT, LEFT AFT
INTEGRATED WIRE CREW INTERCOMM
*9TB33P1 CONN, INTEGRATED WIRE 2301CP3P1 CONN, LEFT AFT CREW
RECEPTACLE INTERCOMM CONTROL
*9WT1 RECEPTACLE, GROUND UNIT

*9WT1P1 CONN, GROUND 2301CP4 CONTROL UNIT, RIGHT


RECEPTACLE AFT CREW INTERCOMM

22J14 CONN, LEFT WINDSHIELD 2301CP4P1 CONN, RIGHT AFT CREW


POST DISCONNECT INTERCOMM CONTROL
UNIT
22J17 CONN, LEFT INSTRUMENT
PANEL DISCONNECT 2301DS1 ANNUNCIATOR, COPILOT
AFT INT/CALL/ON
22P14 CONN, LEFT WINDSHIELD
POST DISCONNECT 2301DS2 ANNUNCIATOR, PILOT AFT
INT/CALL/ON
22P17 CONN, LEFT INSTRUMENT
PANEL DISCONNECT 2301J3 CONN, LEFT AFT CREW
HEADSET
2300J1 CONN, LEFT NOSE
DISCONNECT 2301J4 CONN, RIGHT AFT CREW
HEADSET
2300J2 CONN, LEFT DOORPOST
DISCONNECT 2301P3 CONN, LEFT AFT CREW
HEADSET
2300P1 CONN, LEFT NOSE
DISCONNECT 2301P4 CONN, RIGHT AFT CREW
HEADSET
2301A1 PANEL, EMERGENCY KEY
2301S1 SWITCH, PILOT FOOT
2301A1P1 CONN, EMERGENCY KEY
PANEL 2301S2 SWITCH, COPILOT FOOT

2301A2 PANEL, INTERFACE 2301TB1 TERMINAL BLOCK,


INTERCOMM
2301A2P1 CONN, INTERFACE PANEL
2301TB2 TERMINAL BLOCK,
2301CP1 CONTROL UNIT, COPILOT INTERCOMM
INTERCOMM
2301WT1 MODULE, ICS GROUND

*2301WT1 RECEPTACLE, GROUND

97-00-00
Page 20 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

Table 97-2. Equipment List (S/N 33101 through Table 97-2. Equipment List (S/N 33101 through
36086 and 36087 and Subsequent (Cont) 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent (Cont)

REF DES NOMENCLATURE REF DES NOMENCLATURE

*2301WT1P1 CONN, GROUND 2303TR1P1 CONN, VHF COMM NO. 1


RECEPTACLE TRANSCEIVER
2301WT2 MODULE, ICS GROUND 2303TR1P2 CONN, VHF COMM NO. 2
TRANSCEIVER
*2301WT2 RECEPTACLE, GROUND
2303TR2 TRANSCEIVER, VHF
*2301WT2 CONN, GROUND COMM NO. 2
RECEPTACLE
2303TR2P1 CONN, VHF COMM NO. 2
2301WT3 MODULE, ICS GROUND TRANSCEIVER
2301WT4 MODULE, ICS GROUND 2303TR2P2 CONN, VHF COMM NO. 2
2301WT5 MODULE, ICS GROUND TRANSCEIVER

2301WT6 MODULE, ICS GROUND 3400CP1 CONTROL PANEL, NAV


AUDIO
2301WT7 MODULE, ICS GROUND
3400CP1P1 CONN, NAV AUDIO
2301WT8 MODULE, ICS GROUND CONTROL PANEL

2301WT9 MODULE, ICS GROUND 3400J2 CONN, WINDSHIELD POST


DISCONNECT
2303CP1 CONTROL, VHF COMM
NO. 1 3400P2 CONN, WINDSHIELD POST
DISCONNECT
2303CP1P1 CONN, VHF COMM NO. 1
CONTROL 3400TB1 TERMINAL BLOCK, NAV,
NOSE
2303CP2 CONTROL, VHF COMM
NO. 2 *3400TB1 RECEPTACLE,
INTEGRATED WIRE
2303CP2P1 CONN, VHF COMM NO. 2
CONTROL *3400TB1P1 CONN, INTEGRATED WIRE
RECEPTACLE
2303E1 ANTENNA, VHF COMM
NO. 1 3400TB2 TERMINAL BLOCK, NAV,
NOSE
2303E1P1 CONN, VHF COMM NO. 1
ANTENNA *3400TB2 RECEPTACLE,
INTEGRATED WIRE
2303E2 ANTENNA, VHF COMM
NO. 2 *3400TB2P1 CONN, INTEGRATED WIRE
RECEPTACLE
2303E2P1 CONN, VHF COMM NO. 2
ANTENNA 3400TB3 TERMINAL BLOCK, NAV,
NOSE
2303J1 CONN, SERVICE DECK
DISCONNECT *3400TB3 RECEPTACLE,
INTEGRATED WIRE
2303P1 CONN, SERVICE DECK
DISCONNECT *3400TB3P1 CONN, INTEGRATED WIRE
RECEPTACLE
2303TR1 TRANSCEIVER, VHF
COMM NO. 1 3400WT1 MODULE, NAV GROUND

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 21
BHT-412-MM-11

Table 97-2. Equipment List (S/N 33101 through Table 97-2. Equipment List (S/N 33101 through
36086 and 36087 and Subsequent (Cont) 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent (Cont)

REF DES NOMENCLATURE REF DES NOMENCLATURE

*3400WT1 RECEPTACLE, GROUND 3405CP5 CONTROL PANEL,


COPILOT NAV BEARING
*3400WT1P1 CONN, GROUND POINTER
RECEPTACLE
3405CP5P1 CONN, COPILOT NAV
3400WT2 MODULE, NAV GROUND BEARING POINTER
*3400WT2 RECEPTACLE, GROUND SWITCH

*3400WT2P1 CONN, GROUND 3405CP6 NAV ANTENNA COUPLER


RECEPTACLE RELAY, COURSE SET

3400WT3 MODULE, NAV GROUND 3405DS1 INDICATOR, COPILOT


HORIZONTAL SITUATION
3400WT4 MODULE, NAV GROUND INDICATOR

3400WT5 MODULE, NAV GROUND 3405DS1P1 CONN, COPILOT


HORIZONTAL SITUATION
3400WT6 MODULE, NAV GROUND INDICATOR
3400WT7 MODULE, NAV GROUND 3405DS2 INDICATOR, PILOT
3400WT8 MODULE, NAV GROUND HORIZONTAL SITUATION
INDICATOR
3405CP1 CONTROL PANEL, NAV
NO. 1 3405DS2P1 CONN, PILOT
HORIZONTAL SITUATION
3405CP1P1 CONN, NAV NO. 1 INDICATOR
CONTROL PANEL
3405DS3 INDICATOR, COURSE
3405CP2 CONTROL PANEL, NAV SELECT
NO. 2
3405DS3P1 CONN, COURSE SELECT
3405CP2P1 CONN, NAV NO. 2 INDICATOR
CONTROL PANEL
3405E1 ANTENNA, RIGHT OMNI
3405CP3 COUPLER, NAV ANTENNA
3405E1P1 CONN, RIGHT OMNI
3405CP3P1 CONN, NAV ANTENNA ANTENNA
COUPLER
3405E2 ANTENNA, LEFT OMNI
3405CP3P2 CONN, NAV ANTENNA
COUPLER 3405E2P1 CONN, LEFT OMNI
ANTENNA
3405CP3P3 CONN, NAV ANTENNA
COUPLER 3405J1 CONN, TAILBOOM
DISCONNECT
3405CP4 CONTROL PANEL, PILOT
NAV BEARING POINTER 3405K1 RELAY, COURSE SET

3405CP4P1 CONN, PILOT NAV 3405K2 RELAY, COURSE SET


BEARING POINTER 3405P1 CONN, TAILBOOM
SWITCH DISCONNECT
3405P2 CONN, OMNI ANTENNA

97-00-00
Page 22 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

Table 97-2. Equipment List (S/N 33101 through Table 97-2. Equipment List (S/N 33101 through
36086 and 36087 and Subsequent (Cont) 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent (Cont)

REF DES NOMENCLATURE REF DES NOMENCLATURE

3405RE1 RECEIVER, NAV NO. 1 3407B1P1 3 CONNECTOR


3405RE1P1 CONN, NAV RECEIVER 3407CP1 CONTROL PANEL,
NO. 1 COPILOT COMPASS

3405RE1P2 CONN, NAV RECEIVER 3407CP1P1 CONN, COPILOT


NO. 1 COMPASS CONTROL
PANEL
3405RE1P3 CONN, NAV RECEiVER
NO. 1 3407CP2 CONTROL PANEL, PILOT
COMPASS
3405RE1P4 CONN, NAV RECEIVER
NO.1 3407CP2P1 CONN, PILOT COMPASS
CONTROL PANEL
3405RE1P5 CONN, NAV RECEIVER
NO. 1 3407F1 2 FUSE

3405RE2 RECEIVER, NAV NO. 2 3407F2 2 FUSE

3405RE2P1 CONN, NAV RECEIVER 3407J1 CONN, TAILBOOM


NO. 2 DISCONNECT
3405RE2P2 CONN, NAV RECEIVER 3407J2 CONN, TAILBOOM
NO. 2 DISCONNECT

3405RE2P3 CONN, NAV RECEIVER 3407J3 CONN, LEFT NOSE


NO. 2 DISCONNECT

3405RE2P5 CONN, NAV RECEIVER 3407J4 CONN, RIGHT NOSE


NO. 2 DISCONNECT
3405S1 SWITCH, COPILOT NAV 3407J6 CONN, LEFT BEAM
BEARING POINTER DISCONNECT

3405S2 SWITCH, PILOT NAV 3407L1 1 COMPENSATOR, DUAL


BEARING POINTER REMOTE COMPASS

3405S3 SWITCH, COURSE SET 3407L1P1 1 CONN, DUAL REMOTE


COMPASS
3406CP1 CONTROL PANEL, ADF COMPENSATOR
3406CP1P1 CONN, ADF CONTROL 3407L1P2 1 CONN, DUAL REMOTE
PANEL COMPASS
3406E1 ANTENNA, ADF COMPENSATOR

3406E1P1 CONN, ADF ANTENNA 3407MP1 1 SENSOR 3-AXIS


REFERENCE NO. 2 (PILOT)
3406RE1 RECEIVER, ADF
3407MP1 3 ATTITUDE HEADING
3406RE1P1 CONN, ADF RECEIVER REFERENCE UNIT (AHRU)
NO. 1 COPILOT
3406RE1P2 CONN, ADF RECEIVER
3407MP1P1 1 CONNECTOR
3407B1 3 AHRS COOLING FAN 3

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 23
BHT-412-MM-11

Table 97-2. Equipment List (S/N 33101 through Table 97-2. Equipment List (S/N 33101 through
36086 and 36087 and Subsequent (Cont) 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent (Cont)

REF DES NOMENCLATURE REF DES NOMENCLATURE

3407MP1P2 1 CONNECTOR 3408DS1P1 CONN, RADAR ALTIMETER


3 INDICATOR
3407MP1P3 3 CONNECTOR 3408E1 ANTENNA, RADAR
ALTIMETER TRANSMIT
3407MP1P4 3 CONNECTOR
3408E1P1 CONN, RADAR ALTIMETER
3407MP1P5 3 CONNECTOR (CAL PROM) TRANSMIT ANTENNA
3407MP2 1 SENSOR, 3-AXIS 3408E2 ANTENNA, RADAR
REFERENCE NO. 2 (PILOT) ALTIMETER RECEIVE
3407MP2 3 ATTITUDE HEADING 3408E2P1 CONN, RADAR ALTIMETER
REFERENCE UNIT (AHRU) RECEIVE ANTENNA
NO. 2 (PILOT)
3408J1 CONN, LEFT NOSE
3407MP2P1 1 CONNECTOR DISCONNECT
3
3408J2 CONN, TAILBOOM
3407MP2P2 1 CONNECTOR DISCONNECT
3
3408J3 CONN, TAILBOOM
3407MP2P3 3 CONNECTOR DISCONNECT
3407MP2P4 3 CONNECTOR 3408P1 CONN, LEFT NOSE
3407MP2P5 3 CONNECTOR (CAL PROM) DISCONNECT

3407P1 CONN, TAILBOOM 3408P2 CONN, TAILBOOM


DISCONNECT DISCONNECT

3407P2 CONN, TAILBOOM 3408P3 CONN, TAILBOOM


DISCONNECT DISCONNECT

3407P3 CONN, LEFT NOSE 3408TR1 RECEIVER-TRANSMITTER


DISCONNECT (R/T), RADAR ALTIMETER

3407P4 CONN, RIGHT NOSE 3408TR1P1 CONN, RADAR ALTIMETER


DISCONNECT R/T

3407P6 CONN, LEFT BEAM 3408TR1P2 CONN, RADAR ALTIMETER


DISCONNECT R/T

3407TR1 FLUX VALVE, NO. 1 3408TR1P3 CONN, RADAR ALTIMETER


TRANSMITTER R/T

3407TR2 FLUX VALVE, NO. 2 3410CP1 CONTROL PANEL,


TRANSMITTER TRANSPONDER

3407XF1 2 HOLDER, FUSE 3410CP1P1 CONN, TRANSPONDER


CONTROL PANEL
3407XF2 2 HOLDER, FUSE
*3410CR10 RECEPTACLE,
3408DS1 INDICATOR, RADAR INTEGRATED DIODE
ALTIMETER

97-00-00
Page 24 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

Table 97-2. Equipment List (S/N 33101 through Table 97-2. Equipment List (S/N 33101 through
36086 and 36087 and Subsequent (Cont) 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent (Cont)

REF DES NOMENCLATURE REF DES NOMENCLATURE

*3410CR10P1 CONN, INTEGRATED 3414DS1P1 CONN, DME INDICATOR


DIODE RECEPTACLE
3414E1 ANTENNA, DME
3410E1 ANTENNA,
TRANSPONDER 3414E1P1 CONN, DME ANTENNA

3410E1P1 CONN, TRANSPONDER 3414TR1 RECEIVER-TRANSMITTER,


ANTENNA DME

3410TR1 TRANSPONDER 3414TR1P1 CONN, DME


RECEIVER-TRANSMITTER
3410TR1P1 CONN, TRANSPONDER
3414TR1P2 CONN, DME
3410TR1P2 CONN, TRANSPONDER RECEIVER-TRANSMITTER

3412DS1 INDICATOR, COPILOT NOTES:


MARKER BEACON
* Indicates reference designator peculiar to
3412DS1P1 CONN, COPILOT MARKER S/N 36087 and subsequent.
BEACON INDICATOR
1 S/N 33101 through 36247.
3412DS2 INDICATOR, PILOT
MARKER BEACON 2 S/N 36087 through 36247.

3412DS2P1 CONN, PILOT MARKER 3 S/N 36248 and subsequent.


BEACON INDICATOR

3412E1 ANTENNA, MARKER


BEACON

3412E1P1 CONN, MARKER BEACON


ANTENNA

3413CP1 COUPLER, GLIDESLOPE


ANTENNA

3413CP1P1 CONN, GLIDESLOPE


COUPLER

3413CP1P2 CONN, GLIDESLOPE


COUPLER

3413CP1P3 CONN, GLIDESLOPE


COUPLER

3413CP2 COUPLER, GLIDESLOPE


ANTENNA
3413E1 ANTENNA, GLIDESLOPE

3413E1P1 CONN, GLIDESLOPE


ANTENNA

3414DS1 INDICATOR, DME

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 25
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-1. Avionics Equipment Location (S/N 33001 through 33100) (Sheet 1 of 13)

97-00-00
Page 26 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-1. Avionics Equipment Location (S/N 33001 through 33100) (Sheet 2 of 13)

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 27
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-1. Avionics Equipment Location (S/N 33001 through 33100) (Sheet 3 of 13)

97-00-00
Page 28 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-1. Avionics Equipment Location (S/N 33001 through 33100) (Sheet 4 of 13)

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 29
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-1. Avionics Equipment Location (S/N 33001 through 33100) (Sheet 5 of 13)

97-00-00
Page 30 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-1. Avionics Equipment Location (S/N 33001 through 33100) (Sheet 6 of 13)

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 31
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-1. Avionics Equipment Location (S/N 33001 through 33100) (Sheet 7 of 13)

97-00-00
Page 32 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-1. Avionics Equipment Location (S/N 33001 through 33100) (Sheet 8 of 13)

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 33
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-1. Avionics Equipment Location (S/N 33001 through 33100) (Sheet 9 of 13)

97-00-00
Page 34 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-1. Avionics Equipment Location (S/N 33001 through 33100) (Sheet 10 of 13)

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 35
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-1. Avionics Equipment Location (S/N 33001 through 33100) (Sheet 11 of 13)

97-00-00
Page 36 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-1. Avionics Equipment Location (S/N 33001 through 33100) (Sheet 12 of 13)

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 37
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-1. Avionics Equipment Location (S/N 33001 through 33100) (Sheet 13 of 13)

97-00-00
Page 38 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-2. Avionics Equipment Location (S/N 33101 through 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent)
(Sheet 1 of 20)

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 39
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-2. Avionics Equipment Location (S/N 33101 through 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent)
(Sheet 2 of 20)

97-00-00
Page 40 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-2. Avionics Equipment Location (S/N 33101 through 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent)
(Sheet 3 of 20)

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 41
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-2. Avionics Equipment Location (S/N 33101 through 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent)
(Sheet 4 of 20)

97-00-00
Page 42 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-2. Avionics Equipment Location (S/N 33101 through 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent)
(Sheet 5 of 20)

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 43
BHT-412-MM-11
*

Figure 97-2. Avionics Equipment Location (S/N 33101 through 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent)
(Sheet 6 of 20)

97-00-00
Page 44 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-2. Avionics Equipment Location (S/N 33101 through 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent)
(Sheet 7 of 20)

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 45
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-2. Avionics Equipment Location (S/N 33101 through 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent)
(Sheet 8 of 20)

97-00-00
Page 46 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-2. Avionics Equipment Location (S/N 33101 through 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent)
(Sheet 9 of 20)

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 47
BHT-412-MM-11

412_MM_97_0116_c01

Figure 97-2. Avionics Equipment Location (S/N 33101 through 36086, and 36087 and Subsequent)
(Sheet 10 of 20)

97-00-00
Page 48 Rev. 23 15 DEC 2015 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

AA

S/N 33101 THROUGH 33213 and 36001 THROUGH 36247.


S/N 36248 THROUGH 36999.

412_MM_97_123_c01

Figure 97-2. Avionics Equipment Location (S/N 33101 through 36086, and 36087 and Subsequent)
(Sheet 11 of 20)

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 15 DEC 2015 Rev. 23 Page 49
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-2. Avionics Equipment Location (S/N 33101 through 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent)
(Sheet 12 of 20)

97-00-00
Page 50 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-2. Avionics Equipment Location (S/N 33101 through 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent)
(Sheet 13 of 20)

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 51
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-2. Avionics Equipment Location (S/N 33101 through 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent)
(Sheet 14 of 20)

97-00-00
Page 52 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-2. Avionics Equipment Location (S/N 33101 through 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent)
(Sheet 15 of 20)

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 53
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-2. Avionics Equipment Location (S/N 33101 through 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent)
(Sheet 16 of 20)

97-00-00
Page 54 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-2. Avionics Equipment Location (S/N 33101 through 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent)
(Sheet 17 of 20)

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 55
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-2. Avionics Equipment Location (S/N 33101 through 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent)
(Sheet 18 of 20)

97-00-00
Page 56 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-2. Avionics Equipment Location (S/N 33101 through 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent)
(Sheet 19 of 20)

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 57
BHT-412-MM-11

(3407MP2P2) (3407MP2P3)
(3407MP2P1) (3407MP2P4)
3 EMI CAP EMI CAP 3
(3407MP1P4) MSU CAL PROM

(3407MP1P3) AIR/GND CAL SWITCH


(3407S1)
(3407MP1P1)
RELAY (3407K1)

(3407MP1P2) RELAY (3407K2)

RELAY (3407K3)

AHRU NO. 1 NOTES


(3407MP1) AHRU NO. 2 1 S/N 36087 through 36247.
MSU CAL PROM (3407MP2)
2 S/N 36248 through 36999.
OUTBD
VIEW BB-BB 2 3 S/N 36248 through 36704 Post ASB 412-15-169
and 36705 through 36999.
412_MM_97_0117_c01

Figure 97-2. Avionics Equipment Location (S/N 33101 through 36086, and 36087 and Subsequent)
(Sheet 20 of 20)

97-00-00
Page 58 Rev. 23 15 DEC 2015 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

INTERCOMMUNICATION SYSTEM (ICS)

97-7. INTERCOMMUNICATION SYSTEM The pilot ICS is powered by the 28 VDC emergency
(ICS) bus and protected by the ICS PILOT circuit breaker.
The copilot ICS is powered by the 28 VDC essential
The basic Intercommunication System (ICS) consists bus and protected by the ICS CPLT circuit breaker.
of the following units at both the pilot and the copilot The aft crew ICS is powered by the 28 VDC
stations: non-essential bus and protected by the ICS CABIN
circuit breaker. All receivers can be monitored by the
• Communication (intercom) control unit pilot and copilot. ICS keying is by either first position
(ICS) on the cyclic stick RADIO/ICS switch when
• Headset/mike rotary selector switch is in any position, or with the foot
switch when ICS is selected. All transmitters can be
• Foot switch (mike) keyed from the pilot or copilot station by the use of
second position (RADIO) on the cyclic stick
• Cyclic stick radio/ICS switch RADIO/ICS switch or the foot switch.

• Emergency key provision On helicopters S/N 33001 through 33107, when the
Aft Cabin Intercommunications System (ICS) Kit
The helicopter also has a provision for an Aft Cabin (BHT-412-SI-15) is installed, the pilot and copilot
Intercommunications System (ICS) Kit intercom control units have an AFT INT position.
(BHT-412-SI-15). On helicopters prior to S/N 36638,
Selection of the call position of the HOT MIC/CALL
installation includes two aft intercom control units, two
switch at either aft ICS station illuminates the AFT
hot microphone/call switches, and two instrument
INT/CALL annunciators on the instrument panel. The
panel mounted AFT INT/CALL/ON annunciators. Aft
stations can be isolated from pilot/copilot ICS. annunciators will remain illuminated until the pilot or
copilot respond by selecting AFT INT on the comm
On helicopters S/N 36638 and subsequent, installation control and keying the foot switch or second position
includes two aft intercom control units, two ICS CALL of the cyclic stick switch.
annunciators, and two instrument panel mounted
CABIN ICS/ISO/CALL annunciators. Aft stations can On helicopters S/N 33108 through 36086 and 36087
be isolated from pilot/copilot ICS audio. through 36637, when the Aft Cabin
Intercommunications System (ICS) Kit
The intercom control units (Figure 97-3) for S/N 33001 (BHT-412-SI-15) is installed, the pilot and copilot are
through 33107, 33108 through 36086, and 36087 provided with the AFT INT/CALL/ON annunciator
through 36637 enable monitoring of up to 10 receivers located on the instrument panel. Selection of the CALL
with 10 on-off input (receiver) switches. Audio level is position of the HOT MIC/CALL switch at either aft ICS
controlled by VOL control on the intercom control unit
station illuminates the CALL segment of the AFT INT/
and receivers. A seven-position rotary selector
CALL/ON annunciators. The CALL segment will
(transmit) enables voice transmission from up to six
remain illuminated until the pilot or copilot respond by
transmitters. An emergency keying/comm panel
depressing the AFT INT/CALL/ON annunciator
allows the pilot emergency access to the copilot audio
panel in the event of a pilot audio panel failure. causing both CALL segments to extinguish and both
ON segments to illuminate. The aft ICS is now
The intercom control unit (Figure 97-3) for helicopters connected to the pilot and copilot ICS allowing all four
S/N 36638 and subsequent, enables monitoring of up stations to communicate with each other. The ICS can
to 11 receivers with 11 on-off input (receiver) switches. be returned to normal operation by the pilot or copilot
The audio level is controlled by the VOL control on the depressing the AFT INT/CALL/ON annunciator
intercom control unit and the associated receivers. An causing both ON segments to extinguish, and
eight-position rotary selector is provided for disconnecting the aft ICS from the pilot and copilot
transmitting. In addition, this ICS unit has a built-in ICS. This operation is independent of the ICS rotary
emergency selection switch. switch positioning.

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 59
BHT-412-MM-11

1 2

NOTES
1 Pilot and copilot intercom control unit on S/N 33001 through 33107 when aft cabin ICS is not installed.

2 Pilot and copilot intercom control unit on S/N 33108 through 36086 and 36087 through 36637. Aft left
and right side cabin intercom control unit, if installed.

3 Pilot and copilot intercom control unit on S/N 33001 through 33107 when aft ICS is installed.

4 Pilot and copilot intercom control unit on S/N 36638 and subsequent. Aft left and right side cabin
intercom control unit, if installed.
412_MM_97_0011

Figure 97-3. Intercom Control Unit

97-00-00
Page 60 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-4. Intercommunications System (ICS) Block Diagram


(S/N 33001 through 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 61
BHT-412-MM-11

On helicopters S/N 36638 and subsequent, when the


POSITION FUNCTION
Aft Cabin Intercommunications System (ICS) Kit
(BHT-412-SI-15) is installed, the pilot and copilot are (4) Not Used 1
provided with the CABIN ICS/ISO/CALL annunciators
located on the instrument panel. Momentarily pressing (5) Not Used 1

the ICS CALL annunciator (identified by illumination of AUX Not Used


blue Barber Pole) at either aft ICS station will cause
NOTES:
the blue CALL segment of the pilot and copilot CABIN
ICS/ISO/CALL annunciators to flash. The blue CALL Aft crew stations are not capable of transmitting on
segments will continue to flash until the pilot or copilot communication sets.
respond by depressing either of the CABIN
1 Not engraved on intercom control unit.
ICS/ISO/CALL annunciators causing both blue CALL
segments to stop flashing and remain illuminated. In 2 Reads AFT INT on pilot and copilot units
addition, the green ISO segments of the pilot and when installed on S/N 33001 through
33107.
copilot CABIN ICS/ISO/CALL annunciators will
extinguish and the blue Barber Pole segments of the
2. The 10 toggle (mixing) switches are used for
aft cabin ICS CALL annunciators will also extinguish. monitoring receiver audio and are connected at each
The aft ICS is now connected to the pilot and copilot intercom control unit as follows:
ICS allowing all four stations to communicate with
each other. The ICS can be returned to normal
operation by the pilot or copilot depressing either of
the CABIN ICS/ISO/CALL annunciators. This will POSITION FUNCTION
cause the green ISO segments of the pilot and copilot
COMM 1 VHF No. 1
CABIN ICS/ISO/CALL annunciators to illuminate
indicating that ICS communication between the crew COMM 2 VHF No. 2
and aft passengers is isolated. This operation is (3) Not Used 1
independent of the ICS rotary switch positioning.
(4) Not Used 1

97-8. INTERCOM CONTROL UNIT — SWITCH (5) Not Used 1


FUNCTIONS (S/N 33001 THROUGH 33107,
NAV 1 2 VOR No. 1
33108 THROUGH 36086, AND 36087
THROUGH 36637) NAV 2 2 VOR No. 2
ADF ADF
1. The rotary selector switch selects communication
sets for transmitting audio signals, and has seven DME 2 DME
positions that are connected at the pilot, copilot, and MKR 2 Marker Beacon
aft cabin intercom control units, if installed, as follows:
NOTES:

1 Not engraved on intercom control unit.

2 Audio is not connected to aft crew stations.


POSITION FUNCTION

ICS Intercommunications

COMM 1 VHF No. 1

COMM 2 VHF No. 2

(3) 2 Not Used 1

97-00-00
Page 62 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

97-9. INTERCOM CONTROL UNIT — SWITCH POSITION FUNCTION


FUNCTIONS (S/N 36638 AND
SUBSEQUENT) ADF ADF

(9) Not Used 1


1. The rotary selector switch selects communication
sets for transmitting audio signals, and has eight DME 2 DME
positions that are connected at the pilot, copilot, and
MKR 2 Marker Beacon
aft cabin intercom control units, if installed, as follows:
NOTES:

1 Not engraved on intercom control unit.


POSITION FUNCTION 2 Audio is not connected to aft crew stations.

PVT Private 97-10. INTERCOM SYSTEM — OPERATIONAL


ICS Intercommunications CHECK (S/N 33001 THROUGH 33107,
33108 THROUGH 36086, AND 36087
COMM 1 VHF No. 1 THROUGH 36637)
COMM 2 VHF No. 2
Paragraph 97-11 through paragraph 97-18 are
(5) Not Used 1
associated with the operational check for helicopters
S/N 33001 through 33107, 33108 through 36086, and
(6) Not Used 1 36087 through 36637.
(7) Not Used 1
97-11. Intercom System — Preliminary Check
AUX Not Used Procedures (S/N 33001 through 33107,
33108 through 36086, and 36087 through
NOTES: 36637)
Aft crew stations are incapable of transmitting on
communication sets. 1. Visually inspect each component to ensure that it
is properly installed, and electrical connectors are
1 Not engraved on intercom control unit. properly mating and tight. Connect an external power
source to the helicopter.
2. The 11 toggle (mixing) switches are used for
monitoring receiver audio and are connected at each 2. Energize the power buses (paragraph 97-4 or
intercom control unit as follows: paragraph 97-5) as applicable.

3. Close the circuit breakers ICS PILOT, ICS CPLT,


and ICS CABIN (if aft ICS is installed), and the circuit
breakers of any associated kits. Warm up the
POSITION FUNCTION
equipment for a period of 3 minutes with the initial
COMM 1 VHF No. 1 setting of controls and switches at each intercom
control unit as follows:
COMM 2 VHF No. 2

(3) Not Used 1

(4) Not Used 1


CONTROL SETTING

(5) Not Used 1 Volume Control (VOL) Mid Position

NAV 1 2 VOR/ILS No. 1 Mixing Switches All Down

NAV 2 2 VOR/ILS No. 2 Rotary Selector Switch ICS Position

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 63
BHT-412-MM-11

headset and received audio in the copilot headset.


NOTE
Verify received audio is not heard in the aft ICS
After warmup of the system, including all stations, if installed.
associated receivers and transmitters, the
following categories of the operational 8. Key the copilot foot switch and speak into the
check may be performed in any sequence. microphone. Sidetone should be heard in the copilot
headset and received audio in the pilot headset. Verify
97-12. Intercom System — Pilot and Copilot
received audio is not heard in the aft ICS stations, if
Stations Operational Check (S/N 33001
installed.
through 33107, 33108 through 36086, and
36087 through 36637)
9. Set the pilot and copilot rotary selector switches
1. For helicopters S/N 33001 through 33100, verify to COMM 1. Actuate the pilot cyclic stick switch to first
the pilot and copilot AFT INT/CALL annunciators are position (ICS), and speak into the microphone.
not illuminated, if installed. Sidetone should be heard in the pilot headset, and
received audio should be heard in the headset at the
copilot station. Verify received audio is not heard in the
2. For helicopters S/N 33101 through 36086 and
aft ICS stations, if installed.
36087 through 36637, verify both ON segments of the
pilot and copilot AFT INT/CALL/ON annunciators are
not illuminated, if installed. 10. Actuate the copilot cyclic stick switch to first
position (ICS), and speak into the microphone.
Sidetone should be heard in the copilot headset, and
3. Actuate the pilot cyclic stick RADIO/ICS switch to
received audio should be heard in the headset at the
first position (ICS), and speak into the microphone.
pilot station. Verify received audio is not heard in the
Sidetone should be heard in the pilot headset, and
aft ICS stations, if installed. Return the pilot and copilot
received audio should be heard in the copilot headset.
rotary selector switches to ICS position.
Rotation of the volume control should vary audio to the
pilot headset. Verify received audio is not heard in the
aft ICS stations, if installed. 97-13. Intercom System — Aft ICS Stations
(When Installed) (S/N 33001 through
4. Actuate the pilot cyclic stick switch to second 33107)
position (RADIO), and speak into the microphone.
Sidetone should be heard in the pilot headset, and 1. Set the HOT MIC/CALL switch to HOT MIC
received audio should be heard in the headset at the position at each crew station, one at a time, and speak
copilot station. Verify received audio is not heard in the into the microphone. Sidetone should be heard in the
aft ICS stations, if installed. headset of the crew station being keyed, and received
audio should be heard in the headset at the other crew
station. Verify received audio is not heard in the pilot or
5. Actuate the copilot cyclic stick RADIO/ICS switch
copilot station.
to first position (ICS), and speak into the microphone.
Sidetone should be heard in the copilot headset, and
received audio should be heard in the headset at the 2. Repeat step 1 for hand-held trigger switches.
pilot station. Rotation of the volume control should Verify rotation of the VOL control on each unit adjusts
vary audio to the copilot headset. Verify received audio the audio level in the respective headset.
is not heard in the aft ICS stations, if installed.
3. Set the HOT MIC/CALL switch to CALL position
6. Actuate the copilot cyclic stick switch to second at each crew station. Verify the AFT INT/CALL
position (RADIO), and speak into the microphone. annunciators CALL lights illuminate and remain
Sidetone should be heard in the copilot headset, and illuminated.
received audio should be heard in the headset at the
pilot station. Verify received audio is not heard in the 4. Set the pilot rotary selector switch to AFT INT
aft ICS stations, if installed. position. Set each aft crew ICS HOT MIC/CALL switch
to HOT MIC position one at a time, and speak into the
7. Key the pilot foot switch and speak into the respective microphone. Verify received audio is heard
microphone. Sidetone should be heard in the pilot in the pilot headset but not in the copilot headset.

97-00-00
Page 64 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

5. Key the pilot foot switch and speak into the 6. Position the crew station HOT MIC/CALL
microphone. Verify received audio is heard in the aft switches to the CALL position to illuminate CALL
crew ICS stations. Verify the CALL lights extinguish. segments. Repeat step 4 and step 5 for the copilot
Return the pilot rotary selector switch to ICS position. station.

6. Set the crew station HOT MIC/CALL switches to


CALL position to illuminate the CALL lights. Repeat NOTE
step 4 and step 5 for the copilot station. If the internal hoist ICS is installed, refer to
the applicable Service Instruction
NOTE (BHT-412-SI-7 or BHT-412-SI-32).

If the internal hoist ICS is installed, refer to 97-15. Intercom System — Receiver Mixing
the applicable Service Instruction Switch Selections (S/N 33001 through
(BHT-412-SI-7). 33107, 33108 through 36086, and 36087
through 36637)
97-14. Intercom System — Aft ICS Stations
(When Installed) (S/N 33108 through 36086
and 36087 through 36637) NOTE

1. Verify both ON segments, and both CALL Radio reception or radio background noise
segments of the AFT INT/CALL/ON annunciators are heard from the selected receiver may be
extinguished and both aft crew station rotary selector used to determine satisfactory reception
switches are set to the ICS position. Set the left and during this test.
right HOT MIC/CALL switches to the HOT MIC
position at each crew station, one at a time, and speak 1. When testing navigation position, turn the
into the microphone. Sidetone should be heard in the installed navigational receiver volume controls fully
headset of the crew station being keyed, and received counterclockwise, then turn any one of the receiver
audio should be heard in the headset at the other crew volume controls to listening level and check reception.
station. Verify received audio is not heard in the pilot or Return the volume control to full counterclockwise
copilot station. position. Repeat this procedure on each of the
navigational receivers. Finally, position all volume
2. Repeat step 1 for the hand-held trigger switches. controls to the desired listening level.
Verify rotation of VOL control on each unit adjusts
audio level in the respective headset. 2. Set the mixing switches on each intercom control
unit to the down position, and set each rotary selector
3. Set the HOT MIC/CALL switch to the CALL switch to the ICS position.
position at each crew station. Verify CALL segments of
the AFT INT/CALL/ON annunciators illuminate and
remain illuminated. NOTE
Each time a mixing switch is positioned to
4. Press the pilot AFT INT/CALL/ON annunciator
ON, the previous mixing switch should be
and verify CALL segment extinguishes and ON
returned to the down (off) position.
segment illuminates. Set each aft crew ICS HOT
MIC/CALL switch to the HOT MIC position, one at a
time, and speak into the respective microphone. Verify 3. Set the COMM 1 mixing switch on the pilot
received audio is heard in the pilot and the copilot intercom control unit to the ON position. Depress the
headsets. SQ TEST pushbutton on the VHF comm control unit.
Receiver background noise should be heard in the
headset. Return the COMM 1 mixing switch to the
5. Key the pilot foot switch and speak into the
down (off) position.
microphone. Verify received audio is heard in the aft
crew ICS stations. Depress the pilot AFT
INT/CALL/ON annunciator and verify the ON 4. Repeat step 2 at the copilot and aft stations.
segments extinguish. Repeat for COMM 2, if installed.

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 65
BHT-412-MM-11

5. Set the NAV 1 and ADF mixing switches on the 97-18. Intercom System — Post Operational
pilot and copilot intercom control unit to the ON Check Procedures (S/N 33001 through
position, one at a time. Receiver background noise 33107, 33108 through 36086, and 36087
should be heard in the headsets. Repeat the ADF test through 36637)
for the aft stations. Return the NAV 1 and ADF mixing
switches to the down (off) position. 1. At completion of checks, if required, disconnect
the headsets, disengage the circuit breakers, and
6. Repeat step 5 for NAV 2, if installed. remove the external power.

97-16. Intercom System — Receiver/Transmitter 2. Return the helicopter to the standard


Selections Operational Check (S/N 33001 configuration after electrical maintenance of repairs
through 33107, 33108 through 36086, and (Chapter 96).
36087 through 36637)
97-19. INTERCOM SYSTEM — OPERATIONAL
CHECK (S/N 36638 AND SUBSEQUENT)
NOTE
Allow a 3 minute warmup period before Paragraph 97-20 through paragraph 97-31 are
performing the following test. associated with the operational check for helicopters
S/N 36638 and subsequent. The procedures also
1. Set all mixing switches on the pilot intercom reflect the Aft Cabin Intercommunications System
control unit to the down (off) position, and set the (ICS) Kit 412-706-012-115 installed in the helicopter.
volume control to the mid position. Position the pilot In addition, paragraph 97-32 and paragraph 97-33
rotary selector switch to COMM 1. Actuate the pilot provide associated ground run and in-flight checks of
cyclic stick switch to the RADIO position, and speak the intercom system.
into the microphone. The selected transmitter shall
have been placed into operation and sidetone should 97-20. Intercom System — Preliminary Check
be audible in the headset. Release the pilot cyclic stick Procedures (S/N 36638 and Subsequent)
switch.

2. Repeat step 1 for the copilot station. SPECIAL TOOLS REQUIRED

3. Repeat step 1 while actuating the pilot and copilot


foot switch, one at a time. NUMBER NOMENCLATURE

H10-13H David Clarke Head Set


4. Repeat step 1 through step 3 for COMM 2, if (or equivalent) (Qty 4)
installed.

1. Inspect the equipment installation to detect faulty


97-17. Intercom System — Emergency
mechanical mountings or electrical connections.
Keying/Comm Operational Check (S/N
33001 through 33107, 33108 through
36086, and 36087 through 36637) 2. On the left and right sides of each of the four
installed audio control panels, verify the switch
1. Insert the pilot headphone plug into the positions are set as follows:
emergency jack.

2. Turn the rotary switch on the copilot audio panel


LEFT SIDE
to the ICS position.
CVR Out Level Set to maximum (full
3. Activate the emergency Comm switch on the CW)
Emergency/Keying/Comm panel and speak into the
microphone. Sidetone should be heard in the pilot TRANSMIT MIC Do not adjust
headset. LEVEL COM1

97-00-00
Page 66 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

5. Make sure the pilot, copilot, and aft ICS circuit


TRANSMIT MIC Do not adjust
breakers are engaged.
LEVEL COM2

TRANSMIT MIC Do not adjust


NOTE
LEVEL COM3
Use an external power unit, if available, to
TRANSMIT MIC Do not adjust prevent the battery from being drained of its
LEVEL COM4 stored electrical power.
TRANSMIT MIC Do not adjust
6. Connect external power to the helicopter.
LEVEL COM5

TRANSMIT MIC Do not adjust 97-21. Crew Intercommunication System —


LEVEL AUX Operational Check (S/N 36638 and
Subsequent)
MODEL (103/105) Set to 105

RIGHT SIDE 1. Apply power to the 28V DC non-essential bus.


Verify the default power-up status of the ICS
TIE LINE MODE SELECT annunciators is as follows:
1

Switch 1 Down • White CABIN ICS segments of pilot and


Switch 2 Up copilot CABIN ICS annunciators are
illuminated.
Switch 3 Up
• Green ISO segments of pilot and copilot
Switch 4 Up CABIN ICS annunciators are illuminated.
NOTE:
• Blue CALL segments of pilot and copilot
1 Configure for ANDREA Tie Line Ref N301A CABIN ICS annunciators are extinguished.
Installation and Operation Manual (SM45)
• White ICS CALL segments of cabin left and
3. On each of the four audio control panels, set the right side ICS CALL annunciators are
switch positions as follows: illuminated.

• Blue Barber Pole (CALL) segments of cabin


left and right side ICS CALL annunciators are
EMER/NORM NORM extinguished.
Transmit Selector ICS
2. Verify minimal ambient background noise in the
(Rotary) Switch
pilot and copilot headsets.
AUX Switch Down
3. Without keying ICS, speak into the pilot headset
All Mixer Switches Down (off) microphone, verify no sidetone or ICS audio in either
RADIO (Volume) Mid position the pilot or copilot headsets. Repeat for the copilot
headset.
ICS (Volume) Mid position
4. Key the pilot ICS through first click of the Pilot
HOT/VOX Full CW (VOX off)
Cyclic Key switch and speak into the pilot headset
microphone. While modulating the headset
4. Connect the David Clarke Model H10-13H microphone, verify the following:
headsets (or equivalent) to the drop cords of each ICS
station.
• Verify acceptable quality ICS audio is heard in
the pilot and copilot headsets with minimal
background noise.

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 67
BHT-412-MM-11

• Verify acceptable ICS volume range is station. During radio communication, verify the
available in the corresponding headsets while following:
adjusting ICS volume control on the pilot and
copilot audio selector panels. • Verify acceptable received audio quality and
volume at the independent radio platform
• Verify no effect on ICS volume while adjusting when transmitted from the COM1 through the
RADIO volume control on the pilot and copilot pilot ICS station.
audio selector panels.
• Verify acceptable audio sidetone quality in the
5. Repeat step 4 for the copilot ICS. pilot headset when transmitting.

6. Repeat step 4 and step 5 using the • Verify acceptable received audio quality in the
corresponding PTT foot switch for the pilot and copilot pilot headset when receiving.
ICS.
• Verify acceptable transmit sidetone and
receive audio volume range is available while
7. On the pilot audio selector panel, select each of
adjusting RADIO volume control on the pilot
the 11 mixer switches in turn to the ON position. Verify
audio selector panel.
no mixer switch introduces unacceptable ambient
background noise to the pilot ICS.
• Verify green TX LED on the pilot audio
selector panel illuminates while transmitting.
8. Repeat step 7 for the copilot ICS.
• Verify radio PTT can be accomplished through
97-22. Crew VOX Sensitivity — Operational the pilot cyclic PTT switch (second click) and
Check (S/N 36638 and Subsequent) through the pilot PTT foot switch.

1. On the pilot audio selector panel select the VOX • On the copilot audio selector panel, select the
control switch to full ccw (HOT) position. Without COM1 mixer switch to the down (OFF)
keying the ICS, speak into the pilot headset position. Verify the COM1 Tx/Rx audio is not
microphone and verify acceptable ICS audio quality audible in the copilot headset.
and volume in both headsets (pilot and copilot).
• On the copilot audio selector panel, select the
COM1 mixer switch to the up (ON) position.
2. While continuing to speak into the pilot headset,
Verify the COM1 Tx/Rx audio is audible in the
adjust the VOX sensitivity control on the pilot audio
copilot headset. Verify acceptable COM1
selector panel. Verify that a VOX sensitivity level can
audio quality. Verify acceptable COM1 audio
be obtained that provides voice activated keying of the
volume range can be selected through the
pilot ICS with acceptable audio quality.
RADIO volume control on the copilot audio
selector panel.
3. Repeat step 1 and step 2 for the copilot ICS.
3. Repeat step 2 for COM1 radio communication
97-23. COM1 — Operational Check (S/N 36638 through the copilot ICS station.
and Subsequent)
97-24. COM2 — Operational Check (S/N 36638
1. Switch on the COM1 and tune to an approved and Subsequent)
transmit frequency. Select the volume control on the
COM1 control panel to mid position. 1. Switch on the COM2 and tune to an approved
transmit frequency. Select volume control on the
2. On the pilot audio selector panel, select the rotary COM2 control panel to the mid position.
transmit selector switch to the COM1 position.
Establish two-way radio communication with an 2. On the pilot audio selector panel, select the rotary
independent VHF radio platform (i.e., another aircraft, transmit selector switch to the COM2 position.
local ATC) utilizing COM1 through the pilot ICS Establish two-way radio communication with an

97-00-00
Page 68 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

independent VHF radio platform utilizing COM2 VHF radio platform utilizing COM1 through the pilot
through the pilot ICS station. During radio ICS station. During radio communication, verify the
communication, verify the following: following:

• Verify acceptable received audio quality and • Verify acceptable received audio quality and
volume at the independent radio platform volume at the independent radio platform
when transmitted from COM2 through the pilot when transmitted from COM1 through the pilot
ICS station. ICS station.

• Verify acceptable audio sidetone quality in the • Verify acceptable audio sidetone quality in the
pilot headset when transmitting. pilot headset when transmitting.

• Verify acceptable received audio quality in the • Verify acceptable received audio quality in the
pilot headset when receiving. pilot headset when receiving.

• Verify acceptable transmit sidetone and


• Verify acceptable transmit sidetone and
receive audio volume range is available while
receive audio volume range is available while
adjusting RADIO volume control on the pilot
adjusting RADIO volume control on the pilot
audio selector panel.
audio selector panel.
• Verify green TX LED on the pilot audio
selector panel illuminates while transmitting. 3. On completion of the test, re-engage the pilot ICS
circuit breaker and return the NORM/EMER switch to
• On the copilot audio selector panel, select the the NORM position.
COM2 mixer switch to the down (OFF)
position. Verify COM2 Tx/Rx audio is not 4. Repeat step 2 and step 3 for emergency
audible in the copilot headset. communication through the copilot ICS station.

• On the copilot audio selector panel, select the 97-26. Navigation Systems Audio — Operational
COM2 mixer switch to the up (ON) position. Check (S/N 36638 and Subsequent)
Verify COM2 Tx/Rx audio is audible in the
copilot headset. Verify acceptable COM2
audio quality. Verify acceptable COM2 audio
volume range can be selected through the SPECIAL TOOLS REQUIRED
RADIO volume control on the copilot audio
selector panel.
NUMBER NOMENCLATURE
3. Repeat step 2 for the COM2 radio communication IFR 4000, or equivalent Navigation
through the copilot ICS station. Communication Test
Set
97-25. Emergency Communication Function —
Operational Check (S/N 36638 and
1. Switch on NAV1 and tune to an available
Subsequent)
frequency. Set up the NAV test set and tune to the
same test frequency.
1. Switch on the COM1 and tune to an approved
transmit frequency. Select volume control on the
COM1 control panel to the mid position. 2. Configure the NAV test set to transmit NAV audio.
On the pilot audio control panel, select the NAV1 mixer
2. Disengage the pilot ICS circuit breaker. On the switch to the up (ON) position. Verify the following:
pilot audio selector panel, select the NORM/EMER
switch to the EMER position and select rotary Transmit • Verify acceptable audio quality of NAV1 audio
selector switch to the COM1 position. Establish in the pilot headset when the NAV1 mixer
two-way radio communication with an independent switch is in the ON position.

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 69
BHT-412-MM-11

• Verify that NAV1 audio is not heard in the pilot 8. Repeat step 7 for the copilot audio control panel
headset when the NAV1 mixer switch is in the and copilot headset.
OFF position.
9. Switch on the DME. Tune the DME and test set to
• Verify acceptable NAV1 audio volume range is an appropriate DME test frequency. Configure the
available while adjusting RADIO volume NAV test set to transmit DME audio. On the pilot audio
control on the pilot audio selector panel. control panel, select the DME mixer switch to the up
(ON) position. Verify the following:
3. Repeat step 2 for the copilot audio control panel
and copilot headset. • Verify acceptable audio quality of DME audio
in the pilot headset when the DME mixer
4. Configure the NAV test set to transmit outer switch is in the ON position.
marker audio. On the pilot audio control panel select
the MKR mixer switch to the up (ON) position. Verify • Verify that DME audio is not heard in the pilot
the following: headset when the DME mixer switch is in the
OFF position.
• Verify acceptable audio quality of outer marker
audio in the pilot headset when the MKR • Verify acceptable DME audio volume range is
mixer switch is in the ON position. available while adjusting the RADIO volume
control on the pilot audio selector panel.
• Verify that outer marker audio is not heard in
the pilot headset when the MKR mixer switch 10. Repeat step 9 for the copilot audio control panel
is in the OFF position. and copilot headset.

• Verify acceptable outer marker audio volume 11. Switch on the ADF and tune to an appropriate
range is available while adjusting RADIO test frequency (local NDB or radio station).
volume control on the pilot audio selector
panel. 12. On the pilot audio control panel, select the ADF
mixer switch to the up (ON) position. Verify the
5. Repeat step 4 for middle marker and inner following:
marker audio.
• Verify acceptable audio quality of ADF audio
6. Repeat step 4 and step 5 for the copilot audio in the pilot headset when the ADF mixer
control panel and copilot headset. switch is in the ON position.

7. Switch off NAV1, switch on NAV2, and tune to • Verify that ADF audio is not heard in the pilot
test set frequency. Configure the NAV test set to headset when the ADF mixer switch is in the
transmit NAV audio. On the pilot audio control panel, OFF position.
select the NAV2 mixer switch to the up (ON) position.
Verify the following: • Verify acceptable ADF audio volume range is
available while adjusting the RADIO volume
• Verify acceptable audio quality of NAV2 audio control on the pilot audio selector panel.
in the pilot headset when the NAV2 mixer
switch is in the ON position. 13. Repeat step 12 for the copilot audio control panel
and copilot headset.
• Verify that NAV2 audio is not heard in the pilot
headset when the NAV2 mixer switch is in the 97-27. Radar Altimeter Voice Warning —
OFF position. Operational Check (S/N 36638 and
Subsequent)
• Verify acceptable NAV2 audio volume range is
available while adjusting RADIO volume Audio volume for the RAD ALT as well as the RPM
control on the pilot audio selector panel. direct audio inputs is set in the factory.

97-00-00
Page 70 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

The RAD ALT voice warning system provides a do so when the ICS CALL annunciator is
“Check height” voice warning as helicopter altitude released.
descends through the RAD ALT Decision Height (DH),
plus a “One fifty feet” voice warning as helicopter • White ICS CALL segments of left and right
altitude descends through the 150 feet radar altitude. side ICS CALL annunciators remain
illuminated.
As the “One fifty feet” voice warning can only be
evaluated in flight, the scope of this test is to verify the • Blue Barber Pole (CALL) segments of left and
audio quality of the ICS interface to the RAD ALT voice right side ICS CALL annunciators illuminate
warning system. Refer to paragraph 97-33 for the and remain illuminated when the ICS CALL
operation flight check. annunciator is released.

Also, the RPM audio warning function can be tested 2. Key the ICS and talk into the headset at each ICS
after engine start (paragraph 97-32). station in turn. Verify as follows:

1. Select RAD ALT DH voice warning to be


referenced to the pilot RAD ALT indicator. Make sure • Verify ICS audio communication between the
the RAD ALT voice warning audio is not inhibited. pilot and copilot.
Reduce DH setting on the pilot RAD ALT indicator until
the DH light is extinguished, then increase DH setting • Verify ICS audio Communication between the
until the DH light is illuminated, as the DH light left and right side cabin ICS stations.
illuminates, verify the following:
• Verify isolation of pilot/copilot ICS audio from
• Verify an aural warning tone followed by a cabin ICS audio.
“Check height” voice audio is heard in the pilot
and copilot headsets. 3. Momentarily press the copilot CABIN ICS
annunciator. Verify ICS annunciators status is as
• Verify acceptable audio quality and volume of follows:
the RAD ALT voice warning audio.
• White CABIN ICS segments of pilot and
• Verify no affect on the volume of the RAD ALT copilot CABIN ICS annunciators remain
audio in the corresponding headset while illuminated.
adjusting RADIO and ICS volume controls on
each audio selector panel. • Green ISO segments of pilot and copilot
CABIN ICS annunciators extinguish and
97-28. Crew/Cabin Intercommunication System remain extinguished when the CABIN ICS
— Operational Check (S/N 36638 and annunciator is released.
Subsequent)
• Blue CALL segments of pilot and copilot
1. Momentarily press the left side ICS CALL CABIN ICS annunciators cease flashing and
annunciator in the aft cabin. Verify the ICS remain illuminated when the CABIN ICS
annunciators status is as follows: annunciator is released.

• White CABIN ICS segments of the pilot and • White ICS CALL segments of the left and right
copilot CABIN ICS annunciators remain side ICS CALL annunciators extinguish and
illuminated. remain extinguished when the CABIN ICS
annunciator is released.
• Green ISO segments of pilot and copilot
CABIN ICS annunciators remain illuminated. • Blue Barber Pole (CALL) segments of left and
right side ICS CALL annunciators extinguish
• Blue CALL segments of pilot and copilot and remain extinguished when the CABIN ICS
CABIN ICS annunciators flash and continue to annunciator is released.

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 71
BHT-412-MM-11

4. Key the ICS and talk into the headset at each ICS 9. Through the pilot or copilot CABIN ICS switch,
station in turn. Verify as follows: select cabin ICS ON (ISO legend extinguished).

• Verify ICS audio communication between all 10. Verify minimal ambient background noise in the
four ICS stations. pilot, copilot, aft left ICS, and aft right ICS headsets.

5. Momentarily press the left side aft cabin ICS


11. Without keying the ICS, speak into the pilot
CALL annunciator. Verify no change in status of
headset microphone, verify no sidetone or ICS audio
pilot/copilot CABIN ICS annunciators or aft cabin ICS
in any of the four headsets. Repeat for copilot, aft left
CALL annunciators.
ICS, and aft right ICS headset.

6. Momentarily press the copilot CABIN ICS


annunciator. Verify ICS annunciators status is as 12. Key the pilot ICS and speak into the pilot headset
follows: microphone. While modulating the headset
microphone, verify the following:
• White CABIN ICS segments of pilot and
copilot CABIN ICS annunciators remain • Verify acceptable quality ICS audio is heard in
illuminated. each of the four headsets with minimal
background noise.
• Green ISO segments of pilot and copilot
CABIN ICS annunciators illuminate and • Verify acceptable ICS volume range is
remain illuminated when the CABIN ICS available in the corresponding headset while
annunciator is released. adjusting ICS volume control on each audio
selector panel.
• Blue CALL segments of pilot and copilot
CABIN ICS annunciators extinguish and • Verify no effect on ICS volume while adjusting
remain extinguished. RADIO volume control on each audio selector
panel.
• White ICS CALL segments of the left and right
side ICS CALL annunciators illuminate and
13. Repeat step 12 for copilot ICS.
remain illuminated when the CABIN ICS
annunciator is released.
14. Repeat step 12 for aft left ICS.
• Blue Barber Pole (CALL) segments of the left
and right side ICS CALL annunciators remain 15. Repeat step 12 for aft right ICS.
extinguished.

7. Key the ICS and talk into the headset at each ICS 16. On each audio selector panel in turn, select each
station in turn. Verify as follows: of the 11 mixer switches in turn to the ON position.
Verify no mixer switch introduces unacceptable
ambient background noise in the corresponding
• Verify ICS audio communication between pilot headset.
and copilot.

• Verify ICS audio communication between the 17. While maintaining ICS communication between
left and right side aft cabin ICS stations. the pilot and copilot, switch aft ICS off and on in turn.
Verify no discernible change in ICS volume or quality
• Verify isolation of pilot/copilot ICS audio from in the pilot or copilot headset as aft ICS is turned on or
aft cabin ICS audio. off.

8. Repeat step 1 through step 7 utilizing the switch 18. Repeat step 17 while monitoring ICS audio
functions of the pilot CABIN ICS annunciator and the volume and quality in the aft left and aft right ICS
right side ICS CALL annunciator. headsets.

97-00-00
Page 72 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

97-29. Aft Cabin VOX Sensitivity — Operational • Key and modulate ICS from either aft cabin
Check (S/N 36638 and Subsequent) ICS station. Verify ICS communication is
heard at the pilot and copilot ICS stations and
1. Select the aft cabin ICS ON (ISO legend is controlled by the corresponding ICS volume
extinguished). On the pilot audio selector panel, select control.
the VOX control switch to full ccw (HOT) position.
Without keying the ICS, speak into the pilot headset
3. Repeat step 2 for the copilot ICS.
microphone, verify acceptable ICS audio quality and
volume in each of the four headsets.
4. On the aft left and right cabin audio selector
2. While continuing to speak into the pilot headset, panel, select the rotary the transmit selector switch to
adjust VOX sensitivity control on the pilot audio the PVT (Private) position. Key the aft left ICS and talk
selector panel. Verify that a VOX sensitivity level can into the headset microphone. Verify the following:
be obtained that provides voice activated keying of the
pilot ICS with acceptable audio quality.
• Verify private intercom audio from the aft left
cabin ICS station is heard only at the aft right
3. Repeat step 1 and step 2 for the copilot ICS. ICS station and not at the pilot and copilot ICS
stations.
4. Repeat step 1 and step 2 for the aft cabin left
ICS. • Verify acceptable private intercom volume
range is available in the aft left cabin ICS
5. Repeat step 1and step 2 for the aft cabin right headset while adjusting radio volume control
ICS. on the aft left audio selector panel.

• Verify no effect on private intercom volume


97-30. PVT (Private) Net — Operational Check
(S/N 36638 and Subsequent) while adjusting ICS volume control on the aft
left cabin audio selector panel.

1. Select the aft cabin ICS ON (ISO legend


extinguished). On the pilot and copilot audio selector • Key and modulate ICS from pilot and copilot
panels, select the rotary transmit selector switch to the ICS station, verify ICS communication is
PVT (Private) position. heard at the aft left and right cabin ICS
stations and is controlled by the
2. Activate the pilot radio key switch and talk into the corresponding ICS volume control.
pilot headset microphone. Verify the following:
5. Repeat step 4 for the aft right cabin ICS.
• Verify private intercom audio from the pilot
station is heard at the pilot and copilot ICS 97-31. Intercom System — Completion of
stations and is not heard at the aft left and aft Ground Based Operational Checks (S/N
right cabin ICS stations. 36638 and Subsequent)

• Verify acceptable private intercom volume 1. At the completion of the checks, if required,
range is available in the corresponding
disconnect the headsets, disengage the circuit
headset while adjusting radio volume control
on pilot and copilot audio selector panels. breakers, and remove the external power.

• Verify no effect on private intercom volume 2. Return the helicopter to the standard
while adjusting ICS volume control on pilot configuration after electrical maintenance of repairs
and copilot audio selector panels. (Chapter 96).

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 73
BHT-412-MM-11

97-32. RPM Audio Warning — Pre-flight The scope of this check is to verify the audio quality (of
Operational Check (S/N 36638 and the ICS interface to the RAD ALT voice warning
Subsequent) system) is acceptable for flight conditions.

CAUTION CAUTION

A QUALIFIED PERSON MUST BE AT THE A QUALIFIED PERSON MUST BE AT THE


HELICOPTER CONTROLS DURING THE HELICOPTER CONTROLS DURING THE
FOLLOWING PROCEDURE. FOLLOWING PROCEDURE.

1. Start the helicopter (BHT-412-FM-4) and


1. Start the helicopter (BHT-412-FM-4).
establish level flight.

2. After engine start, adjust the rotor RPM to induce 2. Select the RAD ALT DH voice warning to be
a “Low rotor RPM” audio warning. For the pilot and referenced to the pilot RAD ALT indicator. Verify the
copilot ICS, verify the following: RAD ALT voice warning audio is not inhibited. Select
the pilot RAD ALT DH to an appropriate altitude below
• Verify RPM audio warning is audible in current aircraft AGL altitude. Descend through DH
headsets and volume is adequate for ambient altitude and as the DH light on the pilot RAD ALT
flight conditions. indicator illuminates, verify the following:

3. Disengage the pilot ICS circuit breaker. On the • Verify an aural warning tone followed by a
pilot audio selector panel, select the NORM/EMER “Check height” voice audio is heard in the pilot
switch to the EMER position. Repeat step 2 for the and copilot headsets.
pilot ICS. On completion of the test, re-engage the
pilot ICS circuit breaker and return the NORM/EMER • Verify quality and volume of “Check height”
switches to NORM. voice warn audio is acceptable for flight
conditions.
4. Repeat step 3 for the copilot ICS circuit breaker
3. From an altitude above 150 feet AGL, descend
and the NORM/EMER switch on the copilot audio
through 150 feet AGL. As the helicopter descends
selector panel.
through 150 feet AGL as indicated on the pilot RAD
ALT indicator, verify the following:
97-33. RAD ALT Voice Warning — Operational
Flight Check (S/N 36638 and Subsequent) • Verify an aural warning tone followed by a
“One fifty feet” voice audio is heard in the pilot
and copilot headsets.
NOTE
The RAD ALT voice warning audio is • Verify quality and volume of the “One fifty feet”
interfaced to the pilot and copilot ICS as a voice warning audio is acceptable for flight
non-volume controllable direct audio input. conditions.

97-00-00
Page 74 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

97-34. INTERCOMMUNICATION SYSTEM — NOTE


TROUBLESHOOTING
Troubleshooting is the same for both the
Make sure that the appropriate circuit breakers are cyclic sticks and foot switches.
closed and interconnecting cabling is in normal
condition. Refer to Table 97-3 and the appropriate ICS
wiring diagram when troubleshooting. Perform checks
as necessary to isolate trouble.

Table 97-3. Intercommunication System — Troubleshooting

TROUBLE INDICATION PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

No sidetone or interphone Defective headset. Replace headset.


signals when cyclic stick or foot
switch is depressed.

Defective cyclic stick or foot switch. Replace switch.

Defective intercom control unit. Replace intercom control unit.

No communication at one Defective circuit breaker. Replace circuit breaker.


station.

Defective intercom control unit. Replace intercom control unit.

No communication or sidetone Defective headset. Try same headset at a known good


heard at any station. location. If good, refer to next
probable cause. Replace headset if
result is the same.

Defective intercom control unit. Replace intercom control unit.

Defective cyclic stick, foot or crew Replace switch.


station (push-to-talk) switch.

No reception or transmission at Open interphone communication Continuity check interphone audio


one station. Sidetone heard line. line between intercom control unit
during transmission attempt. and common tie point. Repair or
Rotary selector switch is in ICS replace wiring as applicable.
position.

With pilot or copilot intercom Defective cyclic stick switch. Replace cyclic stick switch.
control unit rotary switch in
COMM 1 position; interphone
(ICS) sidetone not heard at
transmitting station and ICS
audio not heard at other station
with pilot or copilot cyclic stick
switch positioned to detent 1
(ICS position).

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 75
BHT-412-MM-11

Table 97-3. Intercommunication System — Troubleshooting (Cont)

TROUBLE INDICATION PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

Received audio at other Defective intercom control unit. Replace intercom control unit.
stations and sidetone at station
is slurred, noisy, or otherwise
unclear.

Received audio slurred, noisy, Defective intercom control unit. Replace intercom control unit.
or otherwise unclear at one of
the intercom control units.

No sidetone or interphone Defective headset. Replace headset.


when emergency switch is
depressed and when headset
is connected to emergency
jack.

Defective emergency keying/comm Replace emergency keying/comm


switch. panel.

Defective wiring. Repair/replace wiring.

97-35. INTERCOM SYSTEM — REMOVAL 3. Remove the foot switch from the mount.
PROCEDURES
97-38. Cyclic Stick Switches — Removal

WARNING 1. Remove the plastic cover (left side threads) at the


top of the cyclic stick grip.

MAKE SURE ALL ELECTRICAL POWER


2. Remove two screws that secure the switch in the
IS OFF.
grip.
97-36. Intercom Control Unit — Removal
3. Disconnect and tag all the wires and remove the
1. Loosen the spring lock fasteners that secure the RADIO/ICS switch.
intercom control unit to the pedestal or mount.
97-39. Emergency Keying/Comm Panel —
2. Lift the intercom control unit far enough to reach Removal (S/N 33001 through 33107, 33108
and disconnect the electrical connector. through 36086, and 36087 through 36637)

3. Remove the intercom control unit. 1. Loosen and retain the mounting hardware that
secures the emergency keying/comm panel.
97-37. Foot Switches — Removal
2. Lift the emergency keying/comm panel far
1. Disconnect and tag the wires from the foot switch. enough to reach and disconnect the electrical
connector.
2. Remove and retain the screws and other
hardware that secures the foot switch. 3. Remove the emergency keying/comm panel.

97-00-00
Page 76 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

97-40. INTERCOM SYSTEM — INSTALLATION 2. Position the emergency keying panel in its mount
PROCEDURES and secure with retained hardware.

3. Do an operational check of the emergency


WARNING keying/Comm feature (paragraph 97-17).

97-45. INTERCOM SYSTEM — INSPECTION


MAKE SURE ALL ELECTRICAL POWER PROCEDURES
IS OFF.
1. Inspect the intercom control units for
97-41. Intercom Control Unit — Installation completeness, proper installation, cleanliness, and
proper mounting.
1. Connect the electrical connector to the rear of the
intercom control unit and fasten with captive screws.
2. Inspect the switches and controls for proper
mechanical action.
2. Position and secure the intercom control unit to
the pedestal with spring lock fasteners.
3. Inspect the intercom control units for proper
illumination of panel lights, and the lamp housings for
3. Do an operational check of the intercom system condition.
(paragraph 97-10 or paragraph 97-19).
4. Inspect the electrical connectors for corroded or
97-42. Foot Switches — Installation bent pins, interconnecting cables for frayed or broken
insulation, and circuit breakers for proper operation.
1. Connect the tagged wires to the foot switch.
97-46. INTERCOM SYSTEM — CLEANING
2. Secure the foot switch to the cabin floor with PROCEDURES
retained hardware.
1. Remove moisture and loose dirt with a clean, soft
3. Do an operational check of the foot switches. cloth.

97-43. Cyclic Stick Switches — Installation 2. Remove dust and dirt from all front panel
controls, and panel light housing with a soft, clean
1. Connect the tagged wires to the cyclic stick cloth. To remove fingerprints or difficult to remove dirt,
switch. use a cloth dampened with water. If necessary, mild
soap may be used to make the cleaning more
2. Slide the switch into the cyclic stick grip, and effective.
install two screws to secure the switch to the grip.

3. Replace the plastic cover. WARNING

4. Do an operational check of the cyclic stick


switches. CLEANING COMPOUND FUMES ARE
FLAMMABLE AND TOXIC.
97-44. Emergency Keying/Comm Panel —
Installation (S/N 33001 through 33107, 3. Remove grease, fungus, and ground-in dirt with a
33108 through 36086, and 36087 through soft cloth dampened with an approved cleaning
36637) compound.

1. Connect the electrical connector to the rear of the 4. Remove dirt from the connector with a brush and
emergency keying/comm panel. remove moisture with a dry cloth.

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 77
BHT-412-MM-11

97-47. INTERCOM SYSTEM — REPAIR OR 2. Repairs, other than removal and replacement,
REPLACEMENT must be conducted by an authorized repair facility.

1. Tighten or replace loose or cracked control


knobs.

97-00-00
Page 78 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

VHF/AM COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

97-48. VHF/AM COMMUNICATION SYSTEM external power source, adjusted to 27.5 VDC, to the
helicopter external power receptacle.
The VHF/AM communication system provides
two-way communications within frequency range 2. Energize the power buses per paragraph 97-4
118.000 to 135.975 megahertz. Transmission and and paragraph 97-5, as applicable. Close the circuit
reception are on the same frequency using the VHF breakers No. 1 VHF XCVR, No. 2 VHF XCVR (when
COMM No. 1 antenna. installed), ICS PILOT, ICS CPLT (S/N 33001 through
33100), or VHF 1 COMM, VHF 2 COMM (when
The VHF communication system consists of an AM installed), ICS PILOT, ICS CPLT (S/N 33101 through
transceiver, a VHF COMM control unit, and a VHF 36086 and 36087 and subsequent). Set the pilot
antenna. These components are designated VHF and/or copilot intercom control unit mixing switches to
No. 1, and when an optional second system kit ON.
consisting of a set of identical units (except for
antenna) is installed, it is designated VHF No. 2. 97-51. VHF/AM Communication System —
Receiver Test Procedure
VHF COMM No. 1 and VHF COMM No. 2 are
independent systems of communication that may be 1. After accomplishing paragraph 97-50, adjust VOL
used at the pilot or copilot stations. control on the VHF COMM control unit to the mid
position.
On helicopters S/N 33101 through 33107, the digital
VHF COMM control unit features active and standby, 2. Disable the receiver squelch circuit by depressing
gaseous discharge, frequency displays with automatic the SQ TEST switch on the VHF COMM control unit,
dimming. The control has non-volatile memory, which and note receiver background noise is audible in the
retains last selected frequencies when power is turned headset.(Appropriate mixing switch No. 1 or No. 2 on
off. To tune desired operating frequency, the frequency the intercom control unit must be ON.)
is first entered into the standby (SBY) display, and
then the transfer button must be pushed. This will 3. Make sure receiver background noise ceases
trade contents of the active and standby displays. The when the SQ TEST switch is released.
transceiver is always tuned to the frequency appearing
in the active display. In addition, a symbol T will 97-52. VHF/AM Communication System —
appear on the display while transmitting. Transmitter Test VSWR Check

97-49. VHF/AM COMMUNICATION SYSTEM — 1. Connect the Thruline RF wattmeter in line with
FUNCTIONAL TEST the antenna coax at the transceiver.

2. Select a frequency of 118.0 MHz on the VHF


SPECIAL TOOLS REQUIRED COMM control unit.

3. Turn the wattmeter element so the arrow points


NUMBER NOMENCLATURE toward the antenna load. Key the transmitter and read
indicated transmitter output power. The rotary selector
Bird Model 43 or Thruline RF Wattmeter
switch on the intercom control unit being used must be
Equivalent
placed to COMM 1 to key No. 1 transmitter or COMM
2 to key No. 2 VHF transmitter.
97-50. VHF/AM Communication System —
Preliminary Test Procedures 4. Turn the wattmeter element to read reflected
power. Key transmitter and read indicated reflected
1. Visually inspect the VHF/AM communication power. The ratio of forward-to-reflected power should
system to detect and correct any faulty mechanical be not less than 4:1 (VSWR of 3:1). Forward power
mountings and electrical connections. Connect an output should be 15 watts or more.

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 79
BHT-412-MM-11

5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 for frequencies 123.0, 3. Turn off all equipment, open all circuit breakers,
127.0, and 135.95 MHz. and disconnect external power source.

6. Disconnect the wattmeter and connect the


helicopter antenna coax to the transceiver. 97-54. VHF/AM COMMUNICATION SYSTEM —
TROUBLESHOOTING
97-53. VHF/AM Communication System —
Transmitter Test Communication Check Make sure that the appropriate circuit breakers are
closed and interconnecting cabling is in normal
1. After accomplishing the preliminary test condition. Refer to Table 97-4 and the appropriate
procedure (paragraph 97-50), establish VHF communication system wiring diagram when
communication with a cooperating station. Check troubleshooting. Perform checks as necessary to
transmitted and received signals are loud and clear,
isolate trouble.
and that variation of VOL control on the VHF COMM
control unit varies audio level of received signal. Also,
note the level and adequacy of sidetone without
NOTE
excessive background noise.
The isolation procedures in Table 97-4 are
2. Repeat step 1 at each installed intercom control applicable to VHF COMM No. 1 or VHF
unit. COMM No. 2.

Table 97-4. VHF/AM Communication System — Troubleshooting

TROUBLE INDICTION PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

Equipment inoperative. Defective VHF transceiver. Replace VHV transceiver.


Defective VHF COMM control unit. Replace VHF COMM control unit.

Defective wiring. Repair or replace wiring.

Equipment inoperative; circuit Defective VHF COMM transceiver. Replace VHF COMM transceiver.
breaker trips.
Defective VHF COMM control unit. Replace VHF COMM control unit.

Shorted power wire. Replace power wire.

No sidetone during Defective VHF COMM transceiver. Replace VHF transceiver.


transmission.

Loose or dirty cable connectors. Check and clean connections.

Defective wiring. Repair or replace wiring.

No audio output at any ICS Defective VHF COMM transceiver. Replace VHF COMM transceiver.
station
Defective VHF COMM control unit. Replace VHF COMM control unit.

Defective wiring. Repair or replace wiring.

Operating frequency is not Defective VHF COMM transceiver. Replace VHF COMM transceiver
correct.
Defective VHF COMM control unit. Replace VHF COMM control unit.

97-00-00
Page 80 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

Table 97-4. VHF/AM Communication System — Troubleshooting

TROUBLE INDICTION PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

No audio output at one ICS Defective intercom control unit. Replace intercom control unit.
station.
Defective wiring. Repair or replace wiring.

97-55. VHF/AM COMMUNICATION SYSTEM — 2. Lift the control panel mounting plate assembly
REMOVAL PROCEDURES and control unit(s) far enough out of the pedestal
assembly to reach and disconnect the electrical
connector(s) at the back of the control unit(s).
WARNING
3. Lift the control panel mounting plate assembly
and control unit(s) free of the pedestal assembly.
MAKE SURE ELECTRICAL POWER IS
OFF.
4. Loosen the screws and nuts that secure the
97-56. VHF COMM Transceiver (No. 1 or No. 2) control unit(s) to the control panel mounting plate
assembly.
1. Disconnect electrical and antenna connectors
from the front of the transceiver and protect open ends
5. Lift the control unit(s) free of the control panel
with electrical tape and caps.
mounting plate assembly.

2. Loosen the knurled retainer nut on the front of the


mounting rack until the hold-down clamp can be 97-59. VHF Communication Antenna No. 1
slipped off the lug at the front of the transceiver.
1. Remove the screws that secure the antenna to
3. Slide the transceiver out of its mount. the mounting plate on the helicopter.

97-57. VHF COMM Control Unit (No. 1 or No. 2) 2. Lift the antenna and disconnect the cable,
(S/N 33001 through 33100) connected to the receptacle at base of the antenna,
and remove the antenna.
1. Loosen the spring lock fasteners that secure the
control panel to the pedestal assembly.
97-60. VHF Communication Antenna No. 2

2. Lift the control unit far enough out of the pedestal


assembly to reach and disconnect the electrical 1. Remove the screws that secure the access panel
connector at the back of the control unit. upon which the antenna is mounted.

3. Lift the control unit free of the pedestal assembly. 2. Lower the access panel and antenna from the
helicopter skin until the antenna connector can be
97-58. VHF COMM Control Unit (No. 1 or No. 2) reached.
(S/N 33101 through 36086 and 36087 and
Subsequent)
3. Disconnect the antenna cable connection.

1. Loosen the spring lock fasteners that secure the


control panel mounting plate assembly to the pedestal 4. Remove the antenna mounting screws and
assembly. separate the antenna from the access panel.

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 81
BHT-412-MM-11

97-61. VHF/AM COMMUNICATION SYSTEM — 97-65. VHF Communication Antenna No. 1


INSTALLATION PROCEDURES
1. Connect the antenna cable connector to the
receptacle at the base of the antenna.
WARNING
2. Position the communication antenna on its
mounting plate and secure with the mounting screws.
MAKE SURE ELECTRICAL POWER IS
OFF. 97-66. VHF Communication Antenna No. 2

97-62. VHF COMM Transceiver (No. 1 and No. 2) 1. Secure the antenna on the access panel.

1. Position the transceiver on the mount and slide


2. Connect the antenna cable connector to the
the transceiver into place.
receptacle at the base of the antenna.

2. Place the hold-down clamp of the mount over the


lug on the front of the transceiver. 3. Position the access panel and antenna in place
on the helicopter skin.

3. Tighten the knurled retainer nut until the


transceiver is secure. 4. Secure the access panel with the mounting
screws.
4. Remove the protective tape and caps from the
electrical and antenna connectors and connect to the 97-67. VHF/AM COMMUNICATION SYSTEM —
front of the transceiver. INSPECTION PROCEDURES

1. Inspect the VHF COMM control unit for


97-63. VHF COMM Control Unit (No. 1 and No. 2)
completeness, proper installation, cleanliness, and
(S/N 33001 through 33100)
proper mounting.
1. Connect the electrical connector to the back of
the control unit. 2. Inspect the indicators and controls for proper
mechanical action and readout.
2. Position the control panel in place on the
pedestal. 3. Inspect the VHF COMM control unit lights for
proper illumination when pedestal lighting is on.
3. Secure the panel to the pedestal assembly with
the spring lock fasteners. 4. Inspect the VHF COMM transceiver for proper
mounting.
97-64. VHF COMM Control Unit (No. 1 and No. 2)
(S/N 33101 through 36086 and 36087 and 5. Inspect the VHF antennas and mountings for
Subsequent) corrosion, dents, cracks, and breaks.

1. Position the control unit(s) in the control panel 6. Inspect the electrical connections for corrosion,
mounting plate assembly and secure with the bent pins, and proper mating. Inspect the
mounting screws and nuts. interconnecting cables for frayed or broken insulation
and the circuit breakers for proper operation.
2. Connect the electrical connectors to the back of
the control unit(s). 97-68. VHF/AM COMMUNICATION SYSTEM —
CLEANING PROCEDURES
3. Position the control panel mounting plate
assembly and control unit(s) in place on the pedestal 1. Remove moisture and loose dirt with a clean, soft
and secure with the spring lock fasteners. cloth.

97-00-00
Page 82 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

2. Remove dust and dirt from the panel, panel 4. Remove dirt from the connectors with a brush.
controls, panel light housings, antenna, and Remove moisture with a clean, dry cloth.
transceiver with a soft, clean cloth.
97-69. VHF/AM COMMUNICATION SYSTEM —
REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT
WARNING
1. Tighten or replace loose or cracked control
knobs.
CLEANING COMPOUND FUMES ARE
FLAMMABLE AND TOXIC. 2. Replace defective or inoperative units.

3. Remove grease, fungus, and ground-in dirt with a 3. Further repairs, other than removal and
soft cloth dampened with an approved cleaning replacement, must be conducted by an authorized
compound. repair facility.

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 83/84
BHT-412-MM-11

COMPASS SYSTEM(S)

97-70. GYROMAGNETIC COMPASS In addition to supplying indicator heading data, the


SYSTEM(S) (S/N 33001 THROUGH No. 1 compass system provides heading information
33100) to the No. 1 VOR/LOC/GS navigation system (when
installed). The No. 2 compass system provides
The pilot gyromagnetic compass system (No. 1) is heading information to the No. 2 VOR/LOC/GS
installed as basic equipment, and a copilot navigation system (if installed) and the Automatic
gyromagnetic compass system (No. 2) is available as Flight Control System (AFCS) (when installed).
optional equipment. Each system consists of
miscellaneous airframe components and the following
NOTE
prime components:
The vertical gyro portion of the No. 1 3-axis
reference sensor provides pitch and roll
BASIC EQUIPMENT information to the pilot Attitude Director
Indicator (ADI). The vertical gyro portion of
3-Axis Reference Sensor No. 1 the No. 2 3-axis reference sensor provides
pitch and roll information for a copilot ADI
Transmitter Flux Valve No. 1
and AFCS.
Compass Control Panel No. 1
Heading synchronization for either gyromagnetic
Dual Remote Compensator compass is accomplished by observing the
(Part of) Horizontal Situation Indicator, Pilot appropriate annunciator on the compass control panel,
1
and actuating the synchronization switch in the
Standby Magnetic Compass direction indicated to center annunciator needle
(MAG/DG switch must be set to MAG).
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT

RMI Adapter No. 1 The heading function of the 3-axis reference sensors
for the pilot and copilot compass systems receives
3-Axis Reference Sensor No. 2 115 VAC power from the No. 2 and No. 1 AC buses,
respectively. The circuit breakers are labeled PILOT
Transmitter Flux Valve No. 2 GYRO CMPS and CPLT GYRO CMPS. Synchro
Compass Control Panel No. 2 excitation (26 VAC) for both 3-axis reference sensors
is normally supplied from the No. 1 26 VAC bus
(Part of) Horizontal Situation Indicator, Copilot 1 through the NORM position of the NAV AC switch on
the overhead console. In the event of a No. 1 26 VAC
RMI Adapter No. 2 bus failure, synchro excitation may be restored by
NOTE: manually placing the NAV AC switch to the BUS No. 2
position. 26 VAC synchro excitation circuits are
1 For maintenance procedures, refer to protected by circuit breakers labeled PILOT HSI and
Chapter 95. CPLT HSI.

Separate annunciators, MAG/DG switches, and In addition to the gyromagnetic compass (or
synchronizing switches for each gyromagnetic compasses), a pilot standby magnetic compass is
compass system are provided on each pedestal installed and a copilots standby magnetic compass is
mounted compass control panel. A single dual remote available with the copilot instrument kit (optional). In
compass compensator is used for both systems. The each case, the standby magnetic compass is mounted
No. 1 compass system furnishes compass information on the upper windshield frame in front of the pilot and
to the compass card of the pilot Horizontal Situation copilot, respectively. The standby magnetic compass
Indicator (HSI) and the No. 2 compass system (when (or wet compass) is a direct reading compass that
installed) furnishes compass information to the indicates helicopter heading, with reference to
compass card of the copilot HSI (optional). magnetic north, and is independent of the helicopter

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 85
BHT-412-MM-11

electrical power. Refer to Figure 97-1 for avionics In addition to supplying indicator heading data, the
equipment location. No. 1 compass system provides heading information
to the No. 1 VOR/ILS navigation system (when
installed). The No. 2 compass system provides
97-71. GYROMAGNETIC COMPASS
heading information to the No. 2 VOR/LOC/GS
SYSTEM(S) (S/N 33101 THROUGH navigation system (if installed) and the Automatic
36086 AND S/N 36087 THROUGH Flight Control System (AFCS) (when installed).
36247)

NOTE
The copilot gyromagnetic compass system (No. 1) and
pilot gyromagnetic compass system (No. 2) are The vertical gyro portion of the No. 1 3-axis
installed as basic equipment. Each system consists of reference sensor provides pitch and roll
miscellaneous airframe components and the following information to the copilot Attitude Director
prime components: Indicator (ADI) and AFCS. The vertical gyro
portion of the No. 2 3-axis reference sensor
provides pitch and roll information for pilot
BASIC EQUIPMENT ADI and AFCS.

3-Axis Reference Sensor No. 1, Copilot Heading synchronization for either gyromagnetic
compass is accomplished by observing the
Transmitter Flux Valve No. 1 appropriate annunciator on the compass control panel
and actuating the synchronization switch in the
Compass Control Panel No. 1, Copilot
direction indicated to center annunciator needle
Dual Remote Compass Compensator (MAG/DG switch must be set to MAG).

3-Axis Reference Sensor No. 2, Pilot The heading function of the 3-axis reference sensors
Transmitter Flux Valve No. 2 for pilot and copilot compass systems receive
115 VAC power from the No. 2 and No. 1 AC buses,
Compass Control Panel No. 2, Pilot respectively. Circuit breakers are labeled PILOT
GYRO CMPS and CPLT GYRO CMPS (S/N 33101
(Part of) Horizontal Situation Indicator, Pilot 1 through 36086 and 36087 through 33247) or NO. 1
Standby Magnetic Compass, Pilot GYRO CMPS and NO. 2 GYRO CMPS (S/N 33101
through 33107).
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
Synchro excitation (26 VAC) for the No. 1 and No. 2
(Part of) Horizontal Situation Indicator, Copilot 1 3-axis reference sensors is supplied from the No. 1
Standby Magnetic Compass, Copilot and No. 2 26 VAC buses respectively. The 26 VAC
synchro excitation circuits are protected by circuit
NOTE: breakers labeled PILOT HSI and CPLT HSI.

1 For maintenance procedures, refer to


In addition to gyromagnetic compasses, a pilot
Chapter 95.
standby magnetic compass is installed and a copilot
standby magnetic compass is available with the copilot
Separate annunciators, MAG/DG switches, and instrument kit (optional). In each case, the standby
synchronizing switches for each gyromagnetic magnetic compass is mounted on the upper
compass system are provided on each pedestal windshield frame in front of the pilot and copilot,
mounted compass control panel. A single dual remote respectively. The standby magnetic compass (or wet
compass compensator is used for both systems. No. 1 compass) is a direct reading compass that indicates
compass system furnishes compass information to the helicopter heading, with reference to magnetic north,
compass card of the copilot Horizontal Situation and is independent of the helicopter electrical power
Indicator (HSI) (when installed) and the No. 2 system.
compass system furnishes compass information to the
compass card of the pilot HSI. Refer to Figure 97-2 for avionics equipment location.

97-00-00
Page 86 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

97-72. GYROMAGNETIC COMPASS SYSTEM(S) (2), as applicable (S/N 33001 through 33100, S/N
(S/N 33001 THROUGH 33100, 33101 33108 through 36086 and 36087 and subsequent).
THROUGH 36086, AND 36087 THROUGH
36247) — FUNCTIONAL TEST 5. Close the circuit breakers NO. 2 GYRO CMPS,
NO. 1 GYRO CMPS, PILOT HSI (2), and CPLT HSI
(2) as applicable (S/N 33101 through 33107).
NOTE
Unless otherwise specified, the following 6. The compass OFF flag on each installed HSI
procedures are applicable to both No. 1 should be masked from view.
and No. 2 gyromagnetic compass systems.

7. To synchronize the compass system under test,


NOTE depress the appropriate synchronization switch (pilot
or copilot) in the direction indicated by the annunciator
To conduct functional checks and
(+ or •) until the needle is centered.
calibration of the No. 1 compass system
when a copilot HSI is not installed, it is
necessary to connect an HSI to the copilot
NOTE
stowed HSI connector. The pilot HSI may
be used for this purpose by disconnecting It is normal for the HSI compass OFF flag
the pilot HSI connector and using a test to be in view while the synchronization
harness to temporarily connect the copilot switch is actuated.
HSI wiring harness to the pilot HSI.
8. Observe the appropriate annunciator for a few
97-73. Gyromagnetic Compass System(s) — minutes to see that synchronization is maintained (no
Preliminary Operational Test drift).

NOTE NOTE
This is a general test, conducted prior to Annunciators are very sensitive to
compass rose alignment and calibration, to transmitter flux valve movement and will
ensure the system is operational. appear to be unstable if slight tailboom
movement occurs.
1. Set the compass MAG-DG switch to the MAG
position. 9. Observe the compass indication on the
appropriate HSI, and depress the synchronization
switch to plus (+) until the heading indication has
NOTE increased 2°.

When the MAG-DG switch is in the DG


10. Observe the annunciator to verify that the needle
position, directional gyro (unslaved) mode
is deflected off-center towards the dot (•), and observe
is selected and the annunciator feature is
the indicator for a sufficient period of time to verify that
disengaged.
the system is slaving down scale.

2. Energize the system by connecting external


power source adjusted to 27.5 VDC to the helicopter 11. To resynchronize the compass system under test,
external power receptacle. observe the compass indication on the HSI, then
depress the synchronization switch to the dot (•) until
the heading indication has decreased 2°.
3. Energize the power buses per paragraph 97-4 or
paragraph 97-5 as applicable.
12. Observe the annunciator to verify that the needle
is deflected off-center towards the plus (+), and
4. Close the circuit breakers PILOT GYRO CMPS, observe the indicator for a sufficient period of time to
CPLT GYRO CMPS, PILOT HSI (2), and CPLT HSI verify that the system is slaving up scale.

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 87
BHT-412-MM-11

97-74. Compass Swing — Initial Setup coinciding with the fore and aft
(longitudinal) axis of the helicopter. When a
sight is taken facing aft, 180° must be
NOTE added or subtracted from the sighting
The complete compass swing procedure compass reading. When facing fore, the
outlined in this manual requires several compass reads directly.
hours to complete, and should be
performed only when absolutely necessary. 1. Rotate the helicopter to the four cardinal
headings North, East, South, and West. At each
1. Position the helicopter on a compass rose. The heading, verify that the annunciator needle is
helicopter must be in its normal flight attitude. centered, and record the difference in readings
between the HSI scale dial and the compass rose. The
difference will be plus if the scale dial reading is
2. Remove the cover from the dual remote
greater than that of the compass rose, and minus if the
compensator (located in the left aft electrical
scale dial reading is less than that of the compass
compartment) and loosen the locknuts on the N-S and
rose.
E-W adjustment screws. Adjust the appropriate N-S
and E-W compensator screws (No. 1 system or No. 2
system) to the mid-position. 2. Add the errors algebraically and divide by four.
The result is the index error.

NOTE 3. Gain access to the appropriate transmitter flux


An erroneous heading indication may result valve.
if the area around the helicopter is not
magnetically clean and free from
equipment such as trucks, hangars, NOTE
maintenance stands, etc. On helicopters S/N 33001 through 33100,
the transmitter flux valve No. 1 for the pilot
3. Close all the circuit breakers, set the INV 1 and system is located forward in the tailboom.
INV 2 switches to ON, set the MAG-DG switch to The transmitter flux valve No. 2 for the
MAG, and turn on all the electrical/electronic copilot system (when installed), is located
equipment to simulate normal flight conditions. Allow aft in the tailboom.
at least 10 minutes for the directional gyro to attain full
speed and settle to a null. On helicopters S/N 33101 through 36086
and 36087 and subsequent, the transmitter
flux valve No. 1 for the copilot system is
NOTE located forward in the tailboom. The
Due to the influence of the helicopter transmitter flux valve No. 2 for the pilot
generators, it is recommended that system is located aft in the tailboom.
compass calibration be accomplished with
the engines running. For safety purposes, 4. Loosen the screws that hold the appropriate
the engines should be shut down when transmitter flux valve flange to its mounting surface,
making adjustments to correct compass and rotate the flange of the unit to cancel out the index
error. error. If the error is positive, the flange should be
rotated counterclockwise (giving a minus reading on
97-75. Compass Swing — Index Error Check the flange), as observed from above the unit. If the
error is negative, rotate the flange clockwise, giving a
plus reading on the flange. The amount of rotation
NOTE shall equal the index error.
Instead of a compass rose, a magnetic
sighting compass may be used. To take a 5. Tighten the mounting screws and recheck the
reading, locate the compass a considerable readings at the four cardinal headings. The procedure
distance fore or aft of the helicopter and should be repeated, if necessary, to obtain the least
move it back and forth from line of sight index error possible.

97-00-00
Page 88 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

97-76. Compass Swing — One-Cycle Error with the gyromagnetic compass system
Check compensation swing.

1. Place the helicopter on a north heading. Allow 1. Record the difference between indications on the
sufficient time for the scale dial to settle. Correct for all standby magnetic compass and magnetic heading at
error by turning the appropriate North-South screw on all four cardinal headings during the index error check
the dual remote compensator. of the gyromagnetic compass system (paragraph
97-75). Add errors algebraically and divide by four.
Align the standby magnetic compass by adjusting
NOTE mounting to satisfy the resultant error.
On helicopters S/N 33001 through 33213
and 36001 through 36247, the 2. During the one-cycle error check of the applicable
compensator screws labeled No. 1 gyromagnetic compass system (paragraph 97-76),
SYSTEM are for the pilot compass system correct errors on the standby magnetic compass until
and the screws labeled No. 2 SYSTEM are the error is 2° or less at the cardinal headings (0°, 90°,
for the copilot system. 180°, 270°) and 5° or less at other 30° points.

2. Turn the helicopter to an east heading. To correct 3. Proceed with the final swing (paragraph 97-77).
for all error, turn the appropriate East-West screw.
4. Record the deviation errors on the compass
3. Turn the helicopter to a south heading. Take out correction card.
half the error, if any, with the appropriate North-South
screw. 97-79. GYROMAGNETIC COMPASS SYSTEM —
TROUBLESHOOTING
4. Turn the helicopter to a west heading. Take out
half the error, if any, with the appropriate East-West Make sure the appropriate circuit breakers are closed
screw. and interconnecting cabling is in normal condition.
Refer to Table 97-5 and the appropriate gyromagnetic
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 as necessary. compass system wiring diagram when
troubleshooting. Perform checks as necessary to
97-77. Compass Swing — Final Heading Check isolate trouble.

1. Swing the helicopter on 30° increments and note 97-80. GYROMAGNETIC COMPASS SYSTEM(S)
each indication. All readings should be within ±1° of — REMOVAL PROCEDURES
the actual magnetic heading. At no heading should the
pilot and copilot readings differ by more than 1°. If
errors noted are not within the tolerance, repeat the WARNING
index error check and one-cycle error check until the
errors are all within ±1°.
MAKE SURE THAT ALL ELECTRICAL
2. Tighten the locknuts on the N-S and E-W POWER IS REMOVED PRIOR TO
compensator screws after final adjustment. R E M O VA L A N D I N S TA L L AT I O N
PROCEDURES.
3. Replace the cover on the dual remote compass
compensator. 97-81. 3-Axis Reference Sensor

97-78. STANDBY MAGNETIC COMPASS SWING 1. Disconnect the electrical connectors.


PROCEDURE
2. Loosen the wingnuts until the 3-axis reference
sensor is free from the mounting tray.
NOTE
The standby magnetic compass (or 3. Lift the 3-axis reference sensor from the
compasses) can be aligned simultaneously, mounting tray.

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 89
BHT-412-MM-11

NOTE
The isolation procedures in Table 97-5 are
applicable to both the pilot and copilot
gyromagnetic compass systems.

Table 97-5. Gyromagnetic Compass System — Troubleshooting

TROUBLE INDICATION PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

Compass card on HSI does not Defective HSI. Replace HSI.


move, but annunciator does
move.

Defective 3-axis reference sensor. Replace 3-axis reference sensor.

Defective wiring to HSI. Repair or replace wiring.

Annunciator will not center Defective MAG-DG switch. Replace compass control panel.
(null) with MAG-DG switch in
MAG position.

Defective dual remote Replace dual remote compensator.


compensator.

Defective wiring. Repair or replace wiring.

Annunciator will not remain Defective MAG-DG switch. Replace compass control panel.
centered with switch in DG
position.

Defective 3-axis reference sensor. Replace 3-axis reference sensor.

Defective wiring. Repair or replace wiring.

97-82. Transmitter Flux Valve 97-84. Compass Control Panel

1. Tag and remove the electrical wires. 1. Loosen the spring lock fasteners that secure the
control panel to the pedestal assembly.
2. Remove and retain the mounting screws.
2. Lift the control panel far enough out of the
pedestal assembly to reach and disconnect the
3. Remove the flux valve from the mounting bracket.
electrical connectors.

97-83. Dual Remote Compass Compensator 97-85. RMI Adapter (S/N 33001 through 33100)

1. Disconnect the electrical connectors. 1. Disconnect the electrical connector.

2. Remove and retain the mounting screws. 2. Loosen the mounting screws.

3. Remove the compensator from the shelf. 3. Lift the RMI adapter from the bracket.

97-00-00
Page 90 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

97-86. GYROMAGNETIC COMPASS SYSTEM(S) 2. Inspect the electrical connections and


— INSTALLATION PROCEDURES interconnecting cables for frayed or broken insulation.

3. Inspect the indicators and controls for proper


WARNING mechanical action.

4. Inspect the standby magnetic compass for


MAKE SURE ELECTRICAL POWER IS leaking float chamber. The fluid must be clear.
OFF.
97-93. GYROMAGNETIC COMPASS SYSTEM(S)
97-87. 3-Axis Reference Sensor
— CLEANING PROCEDURES
1. Position the 3-axis reference sensor in the
mounting tray.Tighten the wingnuts until snug. 1. Remove moisture and loose dirt from the
gyromagnetic and standby compasses with a clean,
soft cloth.
2. Connect the electrical connectors.

97-88. Transmitter Flux Valve


WARNING
1. Position the flux valve in the mounting bracket.

2. Connect the tagged electrical wires. CLEANING COMPOUND FUMES ARE


FLAMMABLE AND TOXIC. USE
3. Install the mounting screws. NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS TO
PREVENT INJURY TO PERSONNEL AND
97-89. Dual Remote Compass Compensator DAMAGE TO HELICOPTER.

2. Remove grease, fungus, and ground-in dirt with a


1. Position the compensator on the mounting shelf
soft cloth dampened with approved cleaning
and reinstall the mounting screws.
compound.
2. Connect the electrical connectors.

97-90. Compass Control Panel CAUTION

1. Connect the electrical connectors.


DO NOT USE POINTED OBJECTS OR
2. Position the control panel in the pedestal and TOOLS OTHER THAN THOSE
fasten the spring lock fasteners. PRESCRIBED TO CLEAN
CONNECTORS. PERMANENT DAMAGE
97-91. RMI Adapter (S/N 33001 through 33100) TO HELICOPTER COMPONENTS MAY
OCCUR.
1. Position the RMI adapter on the bracket and
tighten the screws. 3. Remove dirt from the connectors with a soft
bristle brush. Remove moisture with a dry cloth.
2. Connect the electrical connector.
97-94. GYROMAGNETIC COMPASS SYSTEM(S)
97-92. GYROMAGNETIC COMPASS SYSTEM(S) — REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT
— INSPECTION PROCEDURES
1. Tighten or replace loose or cracked control knobs
1. Inspect the gyromagnetic and standby magnetic or indicators and control panels.
compasses for proper installation, cleanliness, loose
or cracked indicator glass, and leakage. 2. Replace defective controls and indicators.

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 91
BHT-412-MM-11

3. Further repairs, other than removal and For additional information on the LCR-100, refer to the
replacement, must be conducted by an authorized Northrop Grumman LITEF GmbH Installation/
repair facility. Maintenance Instruction (Document No.
145130-0000-840).
97-95. ATTITUDE AND HEADING REFERENCE
97-96. AHRS COMPONENTS
SYSTEM(S) (S/N 36248 AND
SUBSEQUENT)
The AHRS consists of the following main components:

The Attitude and Heading Reference System (AHRS) • Attitude and Heading Reference Unit (AHRU)
is an all attitude inertial sensor system, which provides (Qty 2)
heading and flight dynamics information to the various
helicopter navigation systems. Each AHRS uses fiber • Flux valve (MSU) (Qty 2)
optic rate gyros tied to the principal helicopter axes.
An internal computer mathematically integrates the • MSU Cal Prom (Qty 2)
rate data to provide information on heading, pitch, and
roll. A flux valve and two internal level sensors provide • AHRS control panel (Qty 2)
other reference input data for each AHRS.
• AHRS fan
The No. 1 AHRS provides attitude and turn rate
information to the copilot Attitude Director Indicator AHRS test switches, MAG/DG mode switches,
(ADI) and heading information to the copilot Horizontal synchronization (•/+) switches, and slaving error (•/+)
Situation Indicator (HSI). The No. 1 AHRS also annunciators are provided on the pedestal-mounted
provides yaw rate data to the No. 1 autopilot. pilot and copilot AHRS control panels.

The AHRS has an automatic synchronization feature


The No. 2 AHRS provides attitude and turn rate that synchronizes to magnetic heading when power is
information to the pilot ADI and heading information to applied. Automatic synchronization can only occur
the pilot HSI. The No. 2 AHRS also provides yaw rate when the MAG/DG switch is set to MAG. When the
data to the No. 2 autopilot. MAG/ DG switch is selected to the MAG position, the
output data from the AHRS modules are slaved to
The AHRS also provides pitch, roll, and heading magnetic heading. This is the normal operating switch
information to the digital Automatic Flight Control position. When the MAG/DG switch is set to the DG
System (AFCS). The following standard kits also position, the output data from the AHRS modules are
receive AHRS data when installed: no longer slaved to magnetic heading.

The synchronization switch has two positions. When


held to the (•) position, the compass heading on the
KIT DATA TYPE ADI is decreased. When held to the (+) position, the
compass heading on the ADI is increased. The
Nav Rx Heading synchronization switch only functions when the
MAG/DG switch is set to DG mode.
Wx Radar Pitch, Roll, Heading

FDR Pitch, Roll, Heading The synchronization annunciator, when centered,


indicates that the compass heading is slaved to
magnetic heading. When the annunciator is in the (•)
The Model LCR-92 AHRS is installed in helicopters position, it indicates that the heading is greater than
S/N 36248 through 36527. For additional information detected magnetic heading. When in the (+) position, it
on the LCR-92, refer to the LITEF GmbH indicates that the heading is less than magnetic
Installation/Maintenance Instruction (Document No. heading.
141450-0000-840). The Model LCR-100 AHRS is
installed in helicopters S/N 36528 and subsequent and The AHRS test switch engages the test mode when
helicopters modified by LCR-92 to LCR-100 retrofit kit the switch is held in position. The AHRS test is
(412-704-047-101, -103, -119, and -121). inhibited when AFCS logic AOG condition is not set.

97-00-00
Page 92 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

Primary power is supplied to the pilot AHRS from the 97-97. AHRS — FUNCTIONAL TEST
28 VDC emergency bus No. 2 through the circuit
breaker labeled PLT AHRS. The copilot AHRS primary
NOTE
power is supplied from the 28 VDC essential bus No. 1
through the circuit breaker labeled CPLT AHRS. This is a general functional test to ascertain
26 VAC is supplied to the pilot AHRS for attitude that the system is operational prior to
reference through the circuit breaker ATTD 26V NO 2 performing a compass swing.
on the emergency 26 VAC bus.
97-98. Heading System — Functional Test
26 VAC is supplied to the copilot AHRS for attitude
reference through the circuit breaker ATTD 26V NO 1 1. Set the MAG/DG mode switches on the pilot and
on 26 VAC bus 3. 26 VAC for heading reference is copilot AHRS control panel to the MAG position.
supplied to the pilot AHRS through the circuit breaker
AFCS 26V NO 2 on the emergency 26 VAC bus. 2. Energize the system by connecting the external
26 VAC for heading reference is supplied to the copilot power source, adjusted to 27.5 VDC, to the helicopter
AHRS through the circuit breaker AFCS 26V NO 1. external power receptacle.

Pilot and copilot Horizontal Situation Indicators (HSI) 3. Energize the power buses (paragraph 97-5).
are supplied by the 115 VAC bus No. 2 and No. 1
respectively. The circuit breakers are labeled HSI
4. Close the following circuit breakers:
PILOT and HSI CPLT.

Pilot and copilot Attitude Direction Indicators (ADI) are • AHRS CPLT — (28 VDC essential bus No. 1)
supplied by the 115 VAC emergency bus and 115 VAC
bus No. 3 respectively. The circuit breakers are • AHRS PILOT — (28 VDC emergency bus
labeled ATTD SYS PILOT and ATTD SYS CPLT. No. 2)

An integral fan on each AHRU mounting tray provides • ATTD 26V NO 1 — (26 VAC bus No. 3)
cooling. To ensure adequate cooling, an additional fan
(AHRS fan) is installed in the same compartment as • ATTD 26V NO 2 — (26 VAC emergency bus)
the AHRU No. 1 and No. 2. This fan operates on
115 VAC supplied from the 115 VAC emergency bus • ATTD SYS CPLT — (115 VAC bus No. 3)
No. 2 through the AHRS FAN circuit breaker. Its
activation is controlled by the AHRS relay powered by • ATTD SYS PILOT — (115 VAC emergency
the 28 VDC bus No. 2 through the AHRS FAN RELAY bus)
circuit breaker. An annunciator on the master caution
panel will indicate any malfunction of the AHRS fan. • AFCS 26V NO 1 — (26 VAC bus No. 3)

A guarded two-position (AIR, GND) compass swing • AFCS 26V NO 2 — (26 VAC emergency bus)
enable switch is mounted on a support assembly
installed beside the pilot AHRU. • HSI CPLT — (115 VAC bus No. 1)

In addition to the compass functions available through • HSI PILOT — (115 VAC bus No. 2)
the pilot or copilot HSI, two standby magnetic
compasses are standard equipment on the • HSI CPLT — (26 VAC bus No. 1)
helicopters. Each standby magnetic compass is
mounted on the upper windshield frame in front of the • HSI PILOT — (26 VAC bus No. 2)
pilot and copilot, respectively. The standby magnetic
compass (or wet compass) is a direct reading • AHRS FAN — (115 VAC emergency bus)
compass that indicates helicopter heading, with
reference to magnetic north, and is independent of • AHRS FAN RELAY — (28 VDC emergency
helicopter electrical power. bus)

For avionics equipment location, refer to Figure 97-2. 5. Monitor the AHRS fan. Verify that it is operating.

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 93
BHT-412-MM-11

6. After a short delay, verify that the compass OFF 14. Return the pilot MAG/DG switch to MAG. Verify
flag on each pilot and copilot HSI is removed from that the compass heading on the pilot HSI returns to
view. original value. Verify that the slaving error annunciator
returns to center.
7. Verify that the ATT and RT flag on the pilot and
copilot ADI are removed from view. 15. Repeat step 11 through step 14 for the copilot
compass system using the copilot HSI and the copilot
AHRS control panel.
NOTE
The compass system cannot be slewed
when in MAG mode. NOTE
With the AHRS 28 VDC circuit breaker
8. Verify that the pilot and copilot compass systems disengaged, the GS flag, GS pointer, FD
synchronize automatically by verifying that the slaving flag, and FD command bars may be
error annunciator on each AHRS panel is centered. displayed on the applicable ADI.

9. On the pilot AHRS control panel, operate the 16. Disengage the PILOT AHRS circuit breaker.
synchronization switch in both directions. Verify that Verify that the pilot HSI OFF flag and pilot ADI, ATT,
there is no response on the pilot HSI or on the slaving and RT flags come into view.
error annunciator on the pilot AHRS control panel.
17. Re-engage the PILOT AHRS circuit breaker and
10. On the copilot AHRS control panel, operate the verify that the OFF flag on the pilot HSI and ATT and
synchronization switch in both directions. Verify that RT flags on the pilot ADI go out of view after
there is no response on the copilot HSI or on the approximately 30 seconds.
copilot slaving error annunciator on the copilot AHRS
control panel.
18. Disengage the AHRS FAN circuit breaker and
verify that the AHRS FAN Caution is activated after
11. Position the MAG/DG switch on the pilot AHRS several seconds.
control panel to DG. While observing the compass
indication on the pilot HSI, select and hold the
synchronization switch to the (+) position. Verify that 19. Engage the AHRS FAN circuit breaker and verify
the pilot HSI compass card slowly rotates that the AHRS FAN Caution is deactivated after
counterclockwise to reflect the increase in heading several seconds.
direction. Hold the synchronization switch until the
heading has increased 10°. Verify that the slaving 20. Disengage AHRS FAN RELAY circuit breaker
error annunciator indicates a dot (•). and verify that AHRS FAN Caution is activated after
several seconds.
12. Return the pilot MAG/DG switch to MAG. Verify
that compass heading on the pilot HSI returns to 21. Engage the AHRS FAN RELAY circuit breaker
original value. Verify that the pilot slaving error and verify that the AHRS FAN Caution is deactivated.
annunciator returns to center.

22. Disengage the CPLT AHRS circuit breaker. Verify


13. Position the MAG/DG switch to DG. While
that the OFF flag on the copilot HSI comes into view
observing compass indication on the pilot HSI, select
and that the ATT and RT flags on the copilot ADI come
and hold the synchronization switch on the pilot AHRS
into view.
control panel to the dot position (•). Verify that the
compass indication on the pilot HSI compass card
slowly rotates clockwise to reflect the decrease in 23. Engage the CPLT AHRS circuit breaker. Verify
heading direction. Hold the synchronization switch that the OFF flag on the copilot HSI and the ATT and
until the heading has decreased 10°. Verify that the RT flags on the copilot ADI go out of view after
slaving error indicator indicates a cross (+). approximately 30 seconds.

97-00-00
Page 94 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

97-99. Attitude System — Functional Test a. Collective must be below 25%.

NOTE b. Airspeed must be less than 20 knots.

For the removal procedures of the pilot and


c. Radar altimeter must indicate below 20 feet.
copilot AHRS modules, refer to paragraph
97-111 and paragraph 97-112.
NOTE
Space for tilting the AHRS modules is
limited and wiring and cables may limit the Prior to performing the following test, set
actual tilt given. Tilting the AHRS 1 inch on the applicable ADI pitch trim and roll trim
its horizontal axis (pitch) will give an knobs to center.
indication of approximately 8°. Tilting the
AHRS 0.5 inch on its longitudinal axis (roll) 2. With the collective set below 25%, press and hold
will give an indication of approximately the AHRS test switch on the pilot AHRS control panel.
11.5°. Verify the following:

1. Unfasten and tilt the No. 2 (pilot) AHRU to


simulate a pitch up attitude between 5 and 10°. Verify a. Heading OFF flag is in view on the pilot HSI.
that the pilot ADI indicates a pitch altitude of
approximately 5 and 10° nose up. b. Pilot ADI indicates 5° nose up.

2. Tilt the No. 2 AHRU to simulate a pitch down c. Pilot ADI indicates a roll of 45°, right wing
attitude of approximately 5 to 10°. Verify that the pilot down.
ADI indicates a pitch down attitude of approximately 5
to 10°. d. ATT and RT flags are in view on the pilot ADI.

3. Tilt the No. 2 AHRU to simulate a 10° left roll. e. On the pilot AHRS control panel, the slaving
Verify that the pilot ADI indicates a 10° left roll. Repeat error indicator indicates that heading is greater than
for a right roll. magnetic heading (•) position.

4. Rotate the No. 2 AHRU in a clockwise direction.


f. On the autopilot control panel, AP switches
While the AHRU is in motion, verify that the pilot ADI
indicate OFF.
turn rate indicator moves right to indicate a right turn.

3. Release the pilot AHRS test switch and verify that


5. Rotate the No. 2 AHRU in a counterclockwise
indications return to previous values.
direction. While the AHRU is in motion, verify that the
pilot ADI turn rate indicator moves left to indicate a left
turn. 4. Set the collective above 25%. Press and hold the
pilot AHRS test switch and verify that test is inhibited.
6. Repeat step 1 through step 5 for the No. 1
(copilot) AHRU. 5. Perform step 1 through step 4 for the copilot
AHRS test switch.
7. Secure the pilot and copilot AHRU modules to
their mounting trays.
97-102. Helicopter Not Equipped With Flight
Director
97-100. AHRS GROUND TEST AND WEIGHT ON
GEAR LOGIC
1. For helicopters not equipped with the flight
director, the following condition must be met:
97-101. Helicopters Equipped With Flight Director

1. For helicopters equipped with the flight director, a. Radar altimeter must indicate below 20 feet (if
the following conditions must be met: installed).

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 95
BHT-412-MM-11

3. Make sure that both the MAG/DG switches on


NOTE
their respective AHRS control panels are set to the
Prior to performing the following test, set MAG position.
the applicable ADI pitch trim and roll trim
knobs to center.

2. On the autopilot control panel, press and hold the WARNING


AP CPL button. Press and hold the AHRS test switch
on the pilot AHRS control panel. Verify the following:
FOR SAFETY PURPOSES, ENGINES
a. Heading OFF flag is in view on the pilot HSI. S H A L L B E S HU T D O W N P R I O R TO
MAKING ANY ADJUSTMENTS TO
b. Pilot ADI indicates 5° nose up. CORRECT COMPASS ERROR.

c. Pilot ADI indicates a roll of 45°, right wing NOTE


down.
Due to magnetic interference created by
helicopter generators, compass swing must
d. ATT and RT flags are in view on the pilot ADI.
be done with engines running.
e. On the pilot AHRS control panel, the slaving
error indicator indicates that heading is greater than 4. Close all circuit breakers and energize all
magnetic heading (•) position. electrical equipment normally used during flight.

f. On the autopilot control panel, AP switches 5. Start the helicopter engines and operate at flight
indicate OFF. RPM (100% NR).

3. Release the pilot AHRS test switch and verify that 6. Wait 2 minutes and make sure that the center
indications return to previous values. needle on slaving error annunciators on the pilot and
copilot AHRS control panels are at the center position.
4. Release the AP CPL button. Press and hold the
pilot AHRS test switch and verify that test is inhibited.
97-105. LCR-92 Index Error Check (S/N 36248
through 36527)
5. Perform step 1 through step 4 for the copilot
AHRS test switch.
NOTE
97-103. AHRS — CALIBRATION PROCEDURES For LCR-100 index error correction, refer to
paragraph 97-106.
NOTE
The standby magnetic compass (or NOTE
compasses) can be aligned simultaneously Instead of a compass rose, a magnetic
with the AHRS compass swing procedures. sighting compass may be used. To take
readings, the compass must be located a
97-104. Preparation for Calibration considerable distance either forward or aft
of the helicopter and moved back or forth
1. Position the helicopter on a compass rose. The from line of sight coinciding with fore and
helicopter must be in its normal flight attitude. aft (longitudinal) axis of the helicopter.
When a sighting is taken facing aft, 180°
2. All magnetic objects, such as vehicles, power must be added or subtracted from the
carts, maintenance stands, or other aircraft, etc. shall sighting compass reading. When facing
be at a sufficient distance so as not to have any forward, the sighting compass reads
magnetic effect on the compass system. directly.

97-00-00
Page 96 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

flange of the unit to cancel out index error. If index


NOTE
error is positive, the flange should be rotated
Prior to recording compass indications in counterclockwise (giving a minus reading on the
the following steps, verify that slaving error flange), as observed from above the unit. If index error
annunciator needles are centered. When is negative, rotate the flange counterclockwise, giving
helicopter engines are running, the a plus reading on the flange. Amount of rotation shall
annunciator needles may fluctuate. If so, equal index error.
confirm that needle deviation is the same
on each side of center.
7. Tighten the mounting screws and verify readings
at four cardinal headings. The procedure should be
1. Align the helicopter to North and wait 20 seconds.
repeated if necessary to obtain the least index error
possible.
2. Subtract the value indicated on the HSI from the
Heading Nominal value and note resulting error value.
97-106. LCR-100 Index Error Correction (S/N
36528 and Subsequent
3. Repeat step 1 and step 2 for the other three
cardinal headings.
NOTE
4. Add the four resulting error values algebraically For LCR-92 index error check and
and divide by four. The result is the index error. For correction, refer to paragraph 97-105.
example:

NOTE
NOMINAL HSI ERROR Instead of compass rose, a magnetic
sighting compass may be used. To take
0° 1.4° 1.4° readings, the compass must be located a
90° 87.6° -1.4° considerable distance either forward or aft
of the helicopter and moved back or forth
180° 182° 2° from line of sight coinciding with fore and
aft (longitudinal) axis of the helicopter.
270° 270.8° 0.8° When a sighting is taken facing aft, 180°
Resulting Index Error 2.8° must be added or subtracted from the
sighting compass reading. When facing
forward, the sighting compass reads
NOTE directly.

If the resulting index error is less than 0.5°,


1. Align the helicopter to a known heading within
no flux valve index compensation is
±0.5°.
required. If greater than 0.5°, do step 5
through step 7.
2. Enable the MSU calibration mode by pressing the
5. Gain access to the appropriate flux valve. MODE button on the front of each AHRU for more than
2 seconds. The MSU calibration mode is indicated by
a continuous illumintation of the LED on the front of
NOTE each AHRU. If the LED flashes, this indicates a fault
and it is not possible to enter the MSU calibration
The flux valve No. 1 for the copilot system
mode.
is located forward in the tailboom. The flux
valve No. 2 for the pilot system is located
aft in the tailboom. 3. On both AHRS control panels, set the MAG/DG
switch to the DG position. If already set to DG, select
6. Loosen the screws that hold the appropriate flux MAG then back to DG. Each HSI will now indicate the
valve flange to its mounting surface, and rotate the uncorrected magnetic heading.

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 97
BHT-412-MM-11

a. For the LCR-92 (S/N 36249 through 36527)


NOTE
AHRS, set the MSU CAL MODE switch on the front of
Index error compensation will be each AHRU to ON.
incremented in 0.1° steps at a rate of 0.3°
per second. b. For the LCR-100 (S/N 36528 and subsequent)
AHRS, press and hold the MODE button on the front
4. Use the AHRS control panel synchronization of each AHRU for more than 2 seconds. The MSU
(slew) switch to set the desired heading. calibration mode is indicated by a continuous
illumination of the LED on the front of each AHRU. If
the LED flashes, this indicates a fault and it is not
NOTE possible to enter the MSU calibration mode.
The maximum correction is limited to ±5°. If
4. Monitor the heading OFF flag on each HSI until
required, the flux valve can also be
both disappear from view.
adjusted to compensate for larger index
errors. Refer to paragraph 97-105 for the
adjustment procedure. NOTE

5. When the desired heading is indicated, set the At each position, the helicopter must
MAG/DG switches to the MAG position. Each HSI will remain stationary until the heading OFF
now indicate the corrected magnetic heading. flag on each HSI disappears from view
(approximately 10 seconds). The heading
OFF flags reappear each time the
NOTE helicopter is turned to a new heading. The
ADI attitude warning flag (ATT) will be
The MSU calibration mode will be displayed continuously during this
automatically disabled 10 seconds after the procedure.
MAG/DG switches are set to the MAG
position. 5. Rotate the helicopter 7 times in 45° (±5°)
increments. Once the helicopter starts moving, the HSI
97-107. Compass Swing — Magnetic Sensor Unit compass card moves to North for the start position.
(MSU) Calibration The 45° steps can then be read from North on the
compass card.

NOTE 6. After turning to 315° heading (7 times at 45°), the


This procedure is applicable to both models calibration coefficients are automatically calculated
LCR-92 and LCR-100 AHRS except where and stored in the MSU Cal Prom. Verify the heading
indicated. OFF flags are out of view.

NOTE NOTE
A tolerance of ±5° exists for the positioning If either MSU calibration was not
of the helicopter. If the stated tolerance is successful, the corresponding heading
exceeded, incorrect data will be collected OFF flag will remain in view in step 6. In
and the MSU calibration procedures must this case, set the LCR-92 MSU CAL MODE
be started again. switch to OFF or press the LCR-100 MODE
button for more than 2 seconds (as
1. Position the helicopter on an East magnetic applicable) to reset the MSU calibration
heading. mode. The old coefficients are now
available and the compass swing can be
repeated.
2. Select the Compass Switch Enable switch to
GND. 7. Observe the residual heading error (multiplied by
100) indicated on the compass card. 100
3. Enable the MSU calibration mode as follows: (corresponding to 1° of error) or less is acceptable. For

97-00-00
Page 98 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

example, a residual heading error of 0.8° will give an 2. If residual deviations are not within tolerance,
indication of 80°. repeat the index error check and the MSU calibration
procedure.
8. Select the Compass Swing Enable switch back to
AIR and disable the MSU calibration mode using the
97-109. AHRS — TROUBLESHOOTING
MSU calibration switch on the front of each AHRU.
The AHRS is now in normal mode and the new MSU
calibration data has been saved. The AHRS system is designed to perform a series of
self-tests to verify all functions. If test parameters are
9. Verify that the correct heading is displayed on not met, warning signals for yaw, heading, attitude,
both HSIs and the heading OFF flags are out of view. and roll will cause applicable warning flags to be
displayed on the helicopter flight instruments or
complete AHRS shutdown. AHRS cooling fan failure
97-108. Compass Swing — Final Heading Check
will be indicated on the master caution panel.
1. Proceed with final swinging by recording residual
deviations at 30° increments. All readings should be Refer to Table 97-6 and the appropriate AHRS wiring
within ±1° of actual magnetic heading. At no heading diagram when troubleshooting. Make sure that all
should the pilot and copilot readings differ by more appropriate circuit breakers and switches are selected.
than 2°. Perform checks as necessary to isolate trouble.

Table 97-6. Attitude Heading Reference System (AHRS) — Troubleshooting

TROUBLE INDICATION PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

Annunciator on AHRS control Defective magnetic flux sensor. Remove and replace applicable
panel will not center (null) with magnetic flux sensor.
MAG/DG switch in MAG
position. Defective AHRS control panel. Remove and replace AHRS control
panel.

Defective annunciator. Remove and replace AHRS control


panel.

Fault in wiring or shielding. Repair or replace wiring as


necessary.

Annunciator on control panel Defective MAG/DG switch.


will not remain centered with
switch in DG position.

MSU Cal Prom will not calibrate MSU Cal Mode switch in OFF Set switch to ON position during
or invalid data on flight position. calibration.
instruments during calibration.
Defective MSU Cal Prom. Remove and replace MSU Cal
Prom.

Defective AHRS module. Remove and replace AHRS


module 1 .

Defective magnetic flux sensor. Remove and replace flux sensor.

Fault in wiring or connectors. Repair or replace wiring.

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 15 DEC 2015 Rev. 23 Page 99
BHT-412-MM-11

Table 97-6. Attitude Heading Reference System (AHRS) — Troubleshooting (Cont)

TROUBLE INDICATION PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

Setting of synchronization Defective synchronization switch or Remove and replace AHRS control
switch in DG mode causes no MAG/DG switch on AHRS control panel.
change on annunciators. panel.

Defective AHRS. Remove and replace AHRS 1 .

AHRS fan not functioning. Defective AHRS fan relay. Remove and replace AHRS fan
relay.

Defective AHRS fan. Remove and replace AHRS fan.

Fault in wiring. Repair or replace wiring.

Excessive fluctuation on Defective wiring. Repair wiring.


annunciators.
Defective magnetic flux sensors. Remove and replace magnetic flux
sensors.

AHRS shuts down. Defective AHRS module. Remove and replace AHRS
module 1 .

NOTE:

1 Replacement of AHRS module does not require compass swing.

97-110. AHRS LEVEL 1 TEST SET 97-111. AHRS — REMOVAL

1. The optional level 1 test set (309444-0000)


interfaces with the LCR-92 AHRU to measure and WARNING
quantify binary output data for maintenance purposes
including fault isolation and calibration. Refer to the
LITEF GmbH Installation/Maintenance Instruction
MAKE SURE THAT ALL ELECTRICAL
(Document No. 141450-0000-840) for information on
POWER IS REMOVED PRIOR TO
the use of this equipment.
R E M O VA L A N D I N S TA L L AT I O N
PROCEDURES.
2. The optional level 1 test set (309946-XXXX)
interfaces with the LCR-100 AHRU to measure and 97-112. AHRU Module
quantify binary output data for maintenance purposes,
including fault isolation and calibration. Refer to the
Northrop Grumman LITEF GmbH Installation/ NOTE
Maintenance Instruction (Document No. For LCR-92 and LCR-100
145130-0000-840) for information on the use of this (145130-7000/-7001), the MSU Cal Prom is
equipment. attached to the AHRU mounting tray by a
nylon cord. It is not necessary to remove
the MSU Cal Prom from the mounting tray.

For LCR-100 (145130-7010), the MSU Cal


Prom and EMI cap are attached to the
AHRU mounting tray with lanyards. It is not

97-00-00
Page 100 Rev. 23 15 DEC 2015 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

necessary to remove the MSU Cal Prom 97-115. AHRS Control Module
and EMI cap from the mounting tray.
1. Loosen the spring lock fasteners that secure the
1. Disconnect the MSU Cal Prom from the AHRU control panel to the pedestal assembly.
module.
2. Lift the control panel far enough out of the
2. Disconnect all electrical connectors. pedestal assembly to reach and disconnect the
electrical connectors.
3. For LCR-100 (145130-7010), remove the EMI
cap from J6 on the AHRU module (3407MP1 or 97-116. Flux Valve
3407MP2).
1. Tag and remove the electrical wires.
4. Loosen the self-torquing fastener by turning
counterclockwise. 2. Remove and retain the mounting screws.

3. Remove the flux valve from the mounting bracket.


5. Slide the AHRU module slightly forward to
disengage and carefully lift clear from the mounting
tray. 97-117. AHRS Compartment Cooling Fan

1. Disconnect the electrical connector.


97-113. MSU Cal Prom

2. Remove the four screws, four washers, and two


1. Remove the AHRU (paragraph 97-112).
nuts. Retain the hardware for reuse.

2. Remove and retain the two screws that retain the 3. Lift the AHRS compartment cooling fan clear.
MSU Cal Prom lanyard to the AHRU mounting tray. Lift
the MSU Cal Prom clear from the mounting tray.
97-118. AHRS — INSTALLATION

97-114. AHRU Mounting Tray


WARNING
NOTE
The mounting tray includes an integral fan.
MAKE SURE THAT ALL ELECTRICAL
POWER IS REMOVED PRIOR TO
1. Remove the AHRU (paragraph 97-112).
R E M O VA L A N D I N S TA L L AT I O N
PROCEDURES.
2. Remove the MSU Cal Prom (paragraph 97-113).
97-119. AHRU Mounting Tray
3. For LCR-100 (145130-7010), remove and retain
the hardware that secures the EMI cap lanyard to the NOTE
mounting tray. Remove and retain the EMI cap.
The mounting tray includes an integral fan.
4. Remove and retain the four screws and four 1. Carefully position the mounting tray onto the
washers that retain the AHRU mounting tray to the support assembly.
support assembly.
2. Secure the AHRU mounting tray to the support
5. Remove the bonding strip. assembly with four screws and four washers.

6. Lift the mounting tray clear from the support 3. Attach the bonding strips from the AHRU
assembly. mounting tray to the shelf.

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 15 DEC 2015 Rev. 23 Page 101
BHT-412-MM-11

4. Install the MSU Cal Prom (paragraph 97-120). between the AHRU module and mounting tray. If the
AHRU module is loose, the self-torquing fastener may
5. For LCR-100 (145130-7010), secure the EMI cap be adjusted using the integral adjustment screw on the
lanyard to the mounting tray with the retained fastener.
hardware.

6. Torque the screw 18 to 21 inch-pounds (2.05 to CAUTION


2.35 Nm).

7. Install the AHRU (paragraph 97-121). EX E RCIS E CARE IN HA NDL ING OF


AHRU MODULE. ELECTRICAL
CONTACTS ARE EXPOSED IN PINS
97-120. MSU Cal Prom
RENDERING THEM SUSCEPTIBLE TO
DAMAGE.
1. Remove the AHRU (paragraph 97-112).
3. Connect all electrical connectors.
2. Secure the MSU Cal Prom lanyard to the AHRU
mounting tray using two screws.
4. For LCR-100 (145130-7010), install the EMI cap
on the J6 of the AHRU.
3. Torque the two screws 7.5 to 8.5 inch-pounds
(0.85 to 0.95 Nm).
5. Connect the MSU Cal Prom to the AHRU module.

4. Reinstall the AHRU module (paragraph 97-121).


6. Make sure that the MSU calibration switch is in
the OFF position.
97-121. AHRU Module

97-122. AHRU Control Module

CAUTION 1. Position the AHRS control panel above the


pedestal and connect the electrical connectors.

VERIFY THAT AHRU MOUNTING TRAYS


ARE FREE OF ALL OBJECTS PRIOR TO 2. Secure the AHRS control panel by tightening the
MOUNTING THE AHRU MODULES. two spring loaded fasteners.
DAMAGE TO AHRU MOUNTING TRAY
FAN MAY OCCUR OTHERWISE. 97-123. Flux Valve

NOTE 1. Position the flux valve in the mounting bracket.


The AHRU model LCR-100
(145130-7000/-7001) must be identified as 2. Connect the tagged electrical wires.
mod status 20 or higher.
3. Install the mounting screws.
The AHRU model LCR-100 (145130-7010)
must be identified as mod 25.
97-124. AHRS Compartment Cooling Fan
1. Position the AHRU unit on the AHRU mounting
tray engaging the rear indexing tab. 1. Position the AHRS compartment cooling fan on
the bulkhead and secure with the four screws, two
washers, and two nuts retained at removal.
2. Secure the AHRU module to the mounting tray by
engaging the self-torquing fastener and turning the
knob clockwise. Verify that no looseness exists 2. Connect the electrical connector.

97-00-00
Page 102 Rev. 23 15 DEC 2015 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

97-125. AHRS — INSPECTION


WARNING
1. Inspect the AHRS components and standby
magnetic compasses for proper installation,
cleanliness, and loose or cracked indicator glass.
CLEANING COMPOUND FUMES ARE
FLAMMABLE AND TOXIC.
2. Inspect the electrical connections and
interconnecting cables for frayed or broken insulation. 2. Remove grease, fungus, and ground-in dirt with a
soft cloth dampened with an approved cleaning
3. Inspect the indicators and controls for proper compound.
mechanical action.
3. Remove dirt from the connectors with a soft
4. Inspect the standby magnetic compass for bristle brush. Remove moisture with a dry cloth.
leaking float chamber. The fluid must be clear.
97-127. AHRS — REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT
97-126. AHRS — CLEANING
1. Tighten or replace loose or cracked control knobs
1. Remove moisture and loose dirt from the AHRS or indicators and control panels.
components and standby compasses with a clean, soft
cloth. 2. Replace defective controls and indicator(s).

3. Further repairs, other than removal and


replacement, must be conducted by an authorized
repair facility.

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 15 DEC 2015 Rev. 23 Page 103/104
BHT-412-MM-11

ATC TRANSPONDER SYSTEM

97-128. ATC TRANSPONDER SYSTEM — receives a Mode A, C, or S interrogation. There are


(WHEN INSTALLED) (S/N 33001 three modes of operation: Mode A, Mode C and
THROUGH 33100) Mode S.

The Air Traffic Control (ATC) transponder is an Mode A


optional system that can be used with Air Traffic
Control Radar Beacon Site (ATCRBS). The system Mode A transmits an identity code that is set by the
consists of a transponder, a transponder control, and a aircrew. It permits helicopter identification by ground
transponder antenna. The transponder system is controllers. You can also use it for emergency code
designed for compliance with ATC requirements. transmissions if you can not use the radio
When an ATCRBS interrogation signal is detected, the communication transceivers.
system transmits a coded replay enabling ground
station to identify the helicopter and determine its Mode C
range and azimuth. Also, the system contains a
Special Pulse Identification (SPI) and operator test Mode C permits the transponder to transmit the
capability. The system requires 27.5 VDC at 1.5A identity code and helicopter altitude. The transponder
maximum for proper operation. The transponder Code Select Switch must be set to the ALT position to
transmits at 1090 MHz with a peak pulse output of transmit the altitude. An encoding altimeter or Air Data
500 watts and receives at 1030 MHz (crystal Computer must also be installed to use the ALT
controlled). A receiver controlled time delay function. The Mode C transponder will operate in
(60 seconds) is incorporated to allow adequate time Mode A if it is used without an encoding altimeter or
for the transmitting components to warm-up. Air Data Computer.

97-129. ATC TRANSPONDER SYSTEM — Mode S


(WHEN INSTALLED) (S/N 33101
THROUGH 33213 AND 36001 AND Mode S gives identification and flight information to
SUBSEQUENT) ground controllers and other aircraft with Mode S
transponders. Mode S is the mode used for the Traffic
Advisory and Collision Avoidance System (TCAS). A
The transponder control features a non-volatile
code, supplied by the regulating authority, is
memory that retains the last selected frequencies
implemented into the helicopter system.
when power is turned off. No helicopter power or
batteries are required for the non-volatile memory.
97-130. KSP 756 MODE C TRANSPONDER
Selected function and code are displayed by a
SYSTEM (S/N 33101 THROUGH 33213,
gaseous discharge display with automatic dimming.
36001 THROUGH 36272, AND 36274
For helicopters with a MST 67A (Mode S) transponder
THROUGH 36275
system that use a PFS 578A control unit, the display is
LCD. Dimming for the display is preset in the unit
(paragraph 97-132). Edge lit panel lighting is The KSP 756 transponder system has the
controlled by the PED LT control on the overhead components that follow:
console. The function and ATC transponder code are
selected by a serial data entry from the control panel • KXP 756 transceiver
to the receiver/transmitter.
• KFS 576 or KFS 576A control unit
The helicopter may have a KXP 756 (Mode C) or a
MST 67A (Mode S) ATC transponder system. Each • Antenna
system has a transponder, control unit, and antenna.
A helicopter with a transponder is identified and KXP 756 Transceiver
located in range and azimuth by an Air Traffic Control
Radar Beacon System (ATCRBS) radar site. The The KXP 756 transceiver is located in the nose on the
helicopter transponder transmits a coded return after it avionics shelf.

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 105
BHT-412-MM-11

The KXP 756 is used to transmit a coded response to 97-131. MST 67A Mode S Transponder System
a coded interrogation transmitted by an Air Traffic (S/N 36273 and 36276 through 36461)
Control ground station. The KXP 756 operates in
Mode A and Mode C modes of operation. The MST 67A transponder system components are as
follows:
KFS 576 or KFS 576A Control Unit
• MST 67A transceiver
The KFS576 and KFS 576A control unit functions are
as follows: • KFS 578A control unit

IDT — When the identification (IDT) button is • Antenna


pushed momentarily and then released, it
holds the IDT reply for approximately MST 67A Transceiver
25 seconds to make sure of a proper reply
within at least one radar sweep. During this The MST 67A transceiver is located on the nose
time, the IDT is displayed. avionics shelf.

ON — When the function selector knob is in The MST 67A is used to transmit a coded response to
the ON position, the transponder replies to a coded interrogation transmitted by an Air Traffic
both Mode A and Mode C interrogations but Control ground station. The MST 67A operates in
without flight level information. Mode A, Mode C, and Mode S modes of operation.

ALT — When the selector knob is in the ALT The Mode S address code is implemented into the
position, the transponder automatically selects helicopter system by strapping certain pins on the
the proper reply to Mode A or Mode C terminal board 3410TB1 located on the forward face of
interrogation that transmits flight level the pedestal. Refer to wiring diagram (Figure 97-34).
information. The Mode S address code is supplied by the control
authority. When used, the helicopter details are
TST — When the function selector knob is on automatically transmitted to the Air Traffic Control
the TST position, it provides for a preflight or ground station and to other aircraft in the area that are
airborne check of transponder operation. This equipped with Mode S transponder.
check will be independent of any ground
operation. KFS 578A Control Unit

R — (reply indicator) will be visual as an The KFS 578A control unit functions are as follows:
indication of a transmitted reply. The R (reply
indicator) will flash or stay on when you switch TST — Starts the transponder self test.
the function selector knob to the test position.
SBY — The transponder power is turned on,
FL — If an altitude encoder is a part of the but the transponder does not transmit or reply
installation, the flight level input to the to interrogations.
transponder and the letters FL are shown.
ON — The transponder transmits and replies
The flight level readout is shown in 100-foot to Mode S interrogations.
increments. A readout of 005 indicates 500 feet or a
readout of 042 indicates a flight level of 4200 feet. If an ALT — The transponder transmits and replies
encoder is not included in the installation, dashes are to Mode S interrogations and reports altitude
seen. in Mode C replies.

An automatic dimming function adjusts the brightness TA — Used only when TCAS is installed.
of the shown data and nomenclature to compensate
for changes in the ambient light level. TA/RA — Used only when TCAS is installed.

97-00-00
Page 106 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

FL — A pushbutton switch that permits the ON — The transponder transmits and replies
flight level altitude of the helicopter or other to Mode S interrogations.
aircraft flight level altitude display to be
selected. ALT — The transponder transmits and replies
to Mode S interrogations and reports altitude
IDT — A pushbutton switch, when pushed, will in Mode C replies.
send a Mode S Special Position Identifier
(SPI) to the ground stations. FL — A pushbutton switch that permits the
flight level altitude of the helicopter or other
R — The reply indicator (R) will be visible as aircraft flight level altitude display to be
an indication of a transmitted reply. selected.

97-132. MST 67A Mode S (ELS) Transponder IDT — A pushbutton switch, when pushed, will
System (S/N 36462 and Subsequent) send a Mode S Special Position Identifier
(SPI) to the ground stations.
The MST 67A transponder system components are as
follows: R — The reply indicator (R) will be visible as
an indication of a transmitted reply.
• MST 67A transceiver
FID — A pushbutton that allows entry of alpha
• PS578A control unit
numeric flight identification and announces
FID on the display.
• Antenna
The PS 578A control unit has an LCD display and the
MST 67A Transceiver
adjustment of the lighting is done with an internal
adjustment of the control unit and not with the PED LT
The MST 67A transceiver is located on the avionics control. Refer to Chapter 96 for adjustment of other
shelf in the nose. Gold Crown control units. For the PS 578A refer to the
manufacturer’s instructions.
The MST 67A is used to transmit a coded response to
a coded interrogation transmitted by an Air Traffic
97-133. MODE C TRANSPONDER SYSTEM (S/N
Control ground station. The MST 67A operates in
33001 THROUGH 33213, 36001 THROUGH
Mode A, Mode C, and Mode S modes of operation.
36272, AND 36274 THROUGH 36275) —
FUNCTIONAL CHECK
The Mode S address code is implemented into the
helicopter system by strapping certain pins on the
To carry out a complete functional check, perform
terminal board 3410TB1 located on the forward face of
paragraph 97-134 through paragraph 97-142.
the pedestal. Refer to wiring diagram (Figure 97-34).
The Mode S address code is supplied by the control
authority. When used, the helicopter details are
automatically transmitted to the Air Traffic Control SPECIAL TEST EQUIPMENT
ground station and to other aircraft in the area that are
equipped with Mode S transponder. TYPE OR MODEL NOMENCLATURE

PFS 578A Control Unit IFR Type ATC-600A or Transponder Test Set
Equivalent
The PFS 578A control unit functions are as follows:
97-134. Preliminary Test Procedures
TST — Starts the transponder self test.
1. Visually inspect the equipment and correct any
SBY — The transponder power is turned on, faulty mechanical mountings or electrical connections.
but the transponder does not transmit or reply Connect external power, adjusted to 27.5 VDC, to the
to interrogations. helicopter power receptacle.

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 107
BHT-412-MM-11

2. Energize the power buses per paragraph 97-4 or 2. Allow 2 minutes for equipment warm-up. Depress
paragraph 97-5, as applicable. the TEST switch and check that the REPLY lamp
flashes.

97-135. Self-Test (S/N 33001 through 33100)


97-136. Self-Test (S/N 33101 through 33213, 36001
through 36272, and 36274 through 36275)

CAUTION

CAUTION
DO NOT SET THE CODE SELECTORS
TO 0000, 7500, 7600, OR 7700 AS THEY
DO NOT SET THE CODE SELECTORS
ARE USED FOR MILITARY AIRCRAFT,
TO 0000, 7500, 7600, OR 7700 AS THEY
HIJACK, COMMUNICATIONS FAILURE
ARE USED FOR MILITARY AIRCRAFT,
AND AIRCRAFT IN DISTRESS. HIJACK, COMMUNICATIONS FAILURE
AND AIRCRAFT IN DISTRESS.
NOTE
1. Set the code selector to any code except 0000,
When the prescribed test equipment, or 7500, 7600, 7700.
suitable substitute, is not available, the
following self-test check may be used for
confidence testing at this level of NOTE
maintenance. If an encoding altimeter is not installed or if
this function is inoperable, a readout of
1. Set controls on the transponder control as -002 will be displayed.
follows:
2. Set the function selector to test (TST) and check
that the letter R (reply indication) starts to flash or
CONTROL POSITION illuminates continuously, indicating proper receiver
operation, and that letters FL (flight level), along with a
Code Selectors Any code (except 0000, numerical altitude readout, illuminate indicating
7500, 7600, 7700) encoded altitude in 100-foot increments.

A/C/AC Switch A
97-137. Setup of Transponder Test Set
Function Selector Switch ON

1. Set up the tripod and remote test antenna in front


of the transponder antenna, as shown in Figure 97-5.
NOTE
Momentary flashes at the time the TEST
2. Adjust the test antenna height (tripod height)
button is depressed or released should be
such that its center approximates the same level as
ignored. the transponder antenna. Bearing from transponder
antenna is not critical and the test set antenna may be
Irregular flashes (other than at 10 to positioned for convenience.
15 second normal intervals) may be caused
by noise or response to more than one 3. Route the loose end of the coaxial cable into the
interrogator. Transponder has no LO helicopter cockpit through a vent window, door, etc. All
sensitivity, so the LO position of the testing, using ATC-600A is accomplished from the
FUNCTION switch is inoperative. cockpit once the remote antenna is positioned.

97-00-00
Page 108 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

HELICOPTER
EDGE OF TAPE
ON COAX APPROXIMATELY
21 IN. (53.3 cm)
TRANSPONDER/DME
ANTENNA

COAX CONNECTOR
ANTENNA APPROXIMATELY
NEXT TO ANTENNA
SAME LEVEL AS HELICOPTER
ANTENNA

TRANSPONDER
TEST SET ATC-600A

TRIPOD

412_MM_97_0005

Figure 97-5. Transponder Test Setup

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 109
BHT-412-MM-11

97-140. Transmitter Frequency Test


CAUTION
1. Set the FREQ/POWER meter switch to FREQ.

DAMAGE TO TEST SET WILL RESULT IF 2. Set the transponder code to 0100 and ensure that
REMOTE ANTENNA IS PLACED CLOSER Mode C is disabled.
THAN 1 FOOT (30.5 CM) TO THE
TRANSPONDER ANTENNA WITH
3. Adjust the GAIN control for a midscale meter
ATC-600A TEST SET ON.
indication.
4. Energize ATC-600A by depressing the PWR
rocker switch. Connect the remote antenna coaxial to 4. Rotate the XMTR FREQ control for a peak
the antenna connector. Position the INTERR and indication of meter. At peak, read deviation in MHz
FRAMING controls to 0. from 1090 (±3.0) MHz directly from the XMTR FREQ
control dial.
5. Position the test set mode switch to A/C CODE.
Position the function selector switch to standby and 97-141. Receiver Sensitivity Test
allow approximately 2 minutes warm-up.

97-138. Pilot Code Checks NOTE


The transponder does not have a low
1. With the test set and transponder operating sensitivity function. Sensitivity will not be
normally, and F2 light extinguished, select a code of reduced if the function switch is placed in
7777. Check that ATC-600A numerical display reads the LO position.
out the selected pilot code (7777). Binary lamps
indicate pulses causing code display. 1. Place the ATC-600A mode switch to A/C CODE
(3/A). With XPDR SIG level, verify that the XPDR
RPLY meter indicates 100%.
NOTE
These codes check interconnecting wiring
between transponder and control unit. NOTE
The MTL for all transponders is -73
2. Repeat step 1 using codes 6563, 5226, 2315, (±7) dBm.
and 0100.
2. Rotate the XPDR SIG control CW until the XPDR
97-139. IDENT Check RPLY meter indicates 90% reply. Record the
transponder Minimum Trigger Level (MTL) reading on
1. Set the transponder controls as follows: the XPDR SIG level scale in - dBm.

3. Return the XPDR SIG level control to full CCW


CONTROL POSITION and check that the XPDR meter reads 100%.

Code Selectors 1500


97-142. Side Lobe Suppression Tests
Function Selector Switch ON
1. Using the XPDR SIG control, set the XPDR SIG
2. Momentarily press the IDENT switch on the level to 3 dB above MTL previously recorded.
transponder control.
2. Set the SLS switch to 0 dB and observe that the
3. Observe that the IDENT light on the test set transponder replies do not exceed three replies per
illuminates for a 15 or 30 second period, then second (1.3%). Check the numerical and lamp
extinguishes. displays are out and both meters indicate zero.

97-00-00
Page 110 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

3. Set the SLS switch to -9 dB and observe that the


NOTE
transponder replies at a rate of at least 211 replies per
second (90%). The Weight-On-Gear (WOG) switch may
be installed on helicopters S/N 36273 and
36276 through 36461 with kit
97-143. MST 67A MODE S TRANSPONDER — BHT-412-SI-84 installed. For helicopters
FUNCTIONAL CHECK (S/N 36273 AND with this kit installed, make sure the WOG
36276 AND SUBSEQUENT) OVERRIDE switch 3420S2 is set to AIR.

4. For helicopters S/N 36462 and subsequent, on


SPECIAL TOOLS REQUIRED the hourmeter panel on the right side of the pedestal,
set the WOG OVERRIDE switch 3420S2 to AIR.

NUMBER NOMENCLATURE
5. On the transponder control unit (3410CP1), set
IFR Type ATC-601 Transponder Test Set the mode select knob to the test (TST) position. Make
sure of the following:
Barfield Model Static Test Set for
1811G264 Static Tester Mode C Tests • All segments on the display come on for at
or Equivalent least 2 seconds

To carry out a complete functional check, perform • The altitude indication shows for 4 seconds
paragraph 97-143 through paragraph 97-148.
6. Set the mode select knob to the ON position.

CAUTION 97-144. MST 67A Mode S Transponder — Ground


Evaluation Test

DO NOT SET THE CODE SELECTORS 1. Set up the ATC-601 test set as described in
TO 0000, 7500, 7600, OR 7700 AS THEY paragraph 97-137.
ARE USED FOR MILITARY AIRCRAFT,
HIJACK, COMMUNICATIONS FAILURE, 2. Push the POWER key of the ATC-601 test set.
A N D E M E R G E N C Y- A I R C R A F T I N
DISTRESS.
3. Push the SETUP key to enter the SETUP menu.

NOTE
Use an external power unit for ground tests NOTE
to avoid battery depletion. If you use battery Push the SLEW key to replace a value.
power, keep electrical loads and test time to Push the SELECT key to replace an item.
a minimum.
Push and release the slew key to change
1. On the transponder control unit (3410CP1), set the value by a 1 foot increment.
the ON/OFF switch to ON. Make sure the control unit
display illuminates. Push and hold the slew key to change the
RANGE value by 10 feet increments and
height value by 5 feet increments.
2. Set the code selector switches to any permitted
codes.
4. Push the SELECT key until the display shows
BOTTOM RANGE. Set the horizontal distance
3. Put a cover or your finger on the photocell of the between the test set and the Mode S antenna (located
transponder control head. Verify that the display dims. at the bottom of the helicopter).

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 111
BHT-412-MM-11

5. Push the SELECT key until the display shows • The reply frequency is 1090 ±3 MHz.
BOTTOM HEIGHT. Set the vertical height from the
ground to the bottom of the Mode S antenna. 13. Push the RUN/STOP switch.

6. Push the SELECT key until the display shows 14. Push the AUTO TEST switch.
GAIN (gain of the test set antenna). Set the gain of the
test set antenna (written on the antenna). 97-145. Mode A Test

7. Push the SELECT key until the display shows 1. Select ATCRBS Reply Test on the transponder
LOSS (loss of the test set coaxial cable). Set the loss test equipment. Make sure the Reply Light on the test
of the coaxial cable (written on the cable). set is illuminated and R is shown on the transponder
control unit display.
8. Push the SELECT key until the display shows
BOTTOM ANTENNA. 2. Verify that the code displayed on the transponder
test set matches with the code selected on the
9. Push the SETUP Key to exit the SETUP menu. transponder control unit display.

3. On the transponder control unit, press the IDT


button. Make sure the Ident information is displayed
CAUTION on both the transponder control unit display and the
transponder test set.
DO NOT SET THE CODE SELECTORS
TO 0000, 7500, 7600, OR 7700 AS THEY 97-146. Mode C Test
ARE USED FOR MILITARY AIRCRAFT,
HIJACK, COMMUNICATIONS FAILURE NOTE
AND AIRCRAFT IN DISTRESS.
Perform this test if an encoder altimeter is
installed.
NOTE
The ATC-601 shows Test Passed if the 1. Set the transponder control unit function switch to
radio frequency reply is within 1090 ALT (Mode C altitude reporting).
±3 MHz. For Mode S, the necessary range
is 1090 ±1 MHz. 2. Set the pilot altimeter to 29.92 inches of mercury
(1013.2 millibars or hectopascal).
It is not necessary to do a test for Mode S
diversity isolation because there is only one 3. Connect a pitot/static test set to the pitot/static
antenna in this configuration. system of the helicopter (Chapter 95).
10. On the transponder control unit (3410CP1), make
4. On the transponder test set, push the RUN/STOP
sure the mode select knob is still set to ON.
switch.
11. Push the AUTO TEST switch on the test set. The
auto test screen shows. The results of the last tests NOTE
are seen on the screen.
The rate of change of altitude must be less
than 750 feet (228 m) per minute.
12. Push the RUN/STOP switch.
5. Increase the test altitude until the transponder
• The DISPLAY shows the modes under test, output changes and indicates the first test point in
the modes that passed and the modes that Table 97-7 or Table 97-8. Make a note of the altitude
failed. The radio frequency used, power indications of the pitot/static test points. Make sure the
measurements and diversity channel isolation pilot altimeter indication is within ±125 feet (±38 m) of
(not necessary) are also shown. the altitude indication on the test set display.

97-00-00
Page 112 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

6. Change the altitude to the next test point at a rate Table 97-8. Test Points (Meters) (Cont)
of change that is less than 750 feet (228 m) per
minute. 396 1219 4877
457 1829 5486
7. Do step 5 through step 6 for each of the test
points in Table 97-7 or Table 97-8. 548 2073 6096

97-147. FID Mode (PS 578 only)


8. Decrease the test altitude slowly and do step 5
and step 6 for each test points in Table 97-7 or
Table 97-8. 1. Press the FID button on the transponder control
unit. Verify that FID is shown on the display.

2. Momentarily press the encoder knob to select the


Table 97-7. Test Points (Feet) most significant digit (left side) and rotate the encoder
knob to change the alpha-numeric value of the
-1000 2000 8000
selected digit. The change will be accepted after a few
0 2600 10000 seconds or if the FID or IDT pushbutton is pressed.

500 2700 12000


97-148. Post-test Procedures
1000 2800 14000
1. Push the RUN/STOP switch on the ATC 601 test
1100 3000 14800 set.
1300 4000 16000
2. Turn the transponder function switch to OFF and
1500 6000 18000 remove the test equipment.
1800 6800 20000
3. If applicable, on the hourmeter panel on the right
side of the pedestal, set the WOG OVERRIDE switch
3420S2 to NORM.
Table 97-8. Test Points (Meters)

-300 610 2438 97-149. MODE C TRANSPONDER SYSTEM —


TROUBLESHOOTING
0 792 3048

152 823 3958 Make sure the appropriate circuit breakers are closed
and interconnecting cabling is in normal condition.
305 853 4267 Refer to Table 97-9 and the appropriate ATC
transponder wiring diagram when troubleshooting.
335 914 4511 Perform checks as necessary to isolate trouble.

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 113
BHT-412-MM-11

Table 97-9. ATC Transponder System — Troubleshooting

TROUBLE INDICATION PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

(R) REPLY lamp does not flash Transponder circuit breaker on Replace circuit breaker.
with TEST switch depressed. overhead console inoperative.

Defective REPLY lamp. Replace lamp.

Defective wiring. Repair or replace wiring.

Defective transponder control. Replace transponder control.

Defective transponder. Replace transponder.

Defective transponder antenna. Replace transponder antenna.

97-150. TRANSPONDER SYSTEM — REMOVAL 3. Disconnect the electrical connector and remove
the transponder control.

WARNING 97-153. Transponder Control (S/N 33101 through


36086 and 36087 and Subsequent) —
Removal
MAKE SURE ELECTRICAL POWER IS
OFF. 1. Loosen the spring lock fasteners that secure the
control panel mounting plate assembly to the pedestal
97-151. Transponder — Removal assembly.

1. Disconnect the electrical and antenna coax


2. Lift the control panel mounting plate assembly
connectors at the front of the transponder.
and control unit(s) far enough out of the pedestal
assembly to reach and disconnect the electrical
2. Cap the open ends of the connectors for connector(s) at the back of the unit(s).
protection, and secure the caps with electrical tape.
3. Lift the control panel mounting plate assembly
3. Loosen the knurled nut, at the front of the and control unit(s) free of the pedestal assembly.
transponder mounting rack, until the hold-down clamp
can be slipped clear of the lug at the front of
transponder. 4. Loosen the screws and nuts that secure the
control unit to the control panel mounting plate
assembly.
4. Slide the transponder out of its mounting rack.

97-152. Transponder Control (S/N 33001 through 5. Lift the control unit free of the control panel
33100) — Removal mounting plate assembly.

1. Loosen the four spring lock fasteners that secure 97-154. Transponder Antenna — Removal
the transponder control to the pedestal assembly.
1. Remove the attaching screws from the antenna
2. Lift the transponder control sufficiently to gain mount located on the lower surface of the nose
access to the electrical connector. section.

97-00-00
Page 114 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

2. Cut and remove sealant between the airfoil and 97-158. Transponder Control (S/N 33101 through
the antenna mount. 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent) —
Installation
3. Disconnect the antenna coaxial cable connector
from the antenna base and protect the open end with 1. Position the control unit in the control panel
a cap and electrical tape. mounting plate assembly and secure with the
mounting screws and nuts.

97-155. TRANSPONDER SYSTEM — 2. Connect the electrical connector(s) to the back of


INSTALLATION the control unit(s).

3. Position the control panel mounting plate


WARNING assembly and control unit(s) in place on the pedestal
and secure with the spring lock fasteners.

MAKE SURE ELECTRICAL POWER IS 4. Perform the transponder self-test (paragraph


OFF. 97-136).

97-156. Transponder — Installation 97-159. Transponder Antenna — Installation

1. Position the transponder in the mounting rack 1. Remove the protective cap from the antenna
and slide into place. coaxial cable connector.

2. Lift the holddown clamp, at the front of the mount, 2. Connect the antenna cable to the connector
over the lug at the front of the transponder. receptacle at the antenna base.

3. Position the antenna on its mounting surface and


3. Tighten the knurled retainer nut to secure the
secure with the antenna base attaching screws.
transponder.
4. Apply a sealant bead to the mounting surface at
4. Remove the protective caps from the coaxial and the antenna base periphery.
electrical connectors and connect each to its
respective receptacle. 5. Perform the transponder self-test per paragraph
97-135 or paragraph 97-136, as applicable.
5. Perform the transponder self-test per paragraph
97-135 or paragraph 97-136, as applicable. 97-160. TRANSPONDER SYSTEM — INSPECTION

97-157. Transponder Control (S/N 33001 through 1. Inspect the transponder system for
33100) — Installation completeness, proper installation, cleanliness, and
secure mounting of each component.
1. Place the transponder control near the mounting
hole on the pedestal. 2. Inspect the switches and controls on the control
panel for proper mechanical action.

2. Connect the electrical connector to the


3. Inspect the transponder control to ensure the
transponder control.
panel lights illuminate with power on.

3. Place the transponder control in its mounting and 4. Inspect the antenna and mounting for corrosion,
secure the four spring lock fasteners. dents, cracks, and breaks.

4. Perform the transponder self-test (paragraph 5. Inspect the electrical connections for corroded or
97-135). bent pins and proper mating, the interconnecting cable

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 115
BHT-412-MM-11

for frayed or broken insulation, and the circuit breakers 3. Remove grease, fungus, and ground-in dirt with a
for proper operation. soft cloth dampened with an approved cleaning
compound.
97-161. TRANSPONDER SYSTEM — CLEANING
4. Remove dirt from the connectors with a soft
1. Remove moisture and loose dirt with a clean, soft bristle brush. Remove moisture with a clean, dry cloth.
cloth.
97-162. TRANSPONDER SYSTEM — REPAIR OR
REPLACEMENT
2. Remove dust and dirt from the panel, controls,
indicators, panel light housings, antenna, and
1. Tighten or replace loose or cracked control knobs
transponder with a soft, clean cloth.
on the transponder control.

2. Replace defective panel light bulbs. Replace


WARNING defective or inoperative units.

3. Further repairs, other than removal and


CLEANING COMPOUND FUMES ARE replacement, must be conducted by an authorized
FLAMMABLE AND TOXIC. repair facility.

97-00-00
Page 116 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

VHF NAVIGATION SYSTEM

97-163. VHF NAVIGATION (VOR/LOC/GS) reference sensor and to the No. 2 VOR/LOC or copilot
SYSTEM (S/N 33001 THROUGH 33100) 3-axis reference sensor. To maintain proper phase
relationship for the synchro circuits, 26 VAC excitation
The VHF navigation (VOR/LOC/GS) system provides for both VOR/LOC or VOR/LOC/GS receivers, both
VHF omnidirectional radio range (VOR), localizer 3-axis reference sensors, and both HSIs is normally
(LOC), and glideslope (GS) information. The supplied from the No. 1 26 VAC bus. Also, 115 VAC for
helicopter may be equipped with either single or dual both HSIs is normally supplied from the No. 1 115 VAC
NAV (VOR/LOC) receivers or single or dual NAV bus.
(VOR/LOC/GS) receivers, coupled to either single or
dual pilot instruments. In addition to NAV receivers, 97-164. VHF NAVIGATION (VOR/ILS AND
components include: NAV control panels (one for each VOR/LOC/GS) SYSTEM (S/N 33101
receiver), RMI adapters (one for each receiver), VOR THROUGH 36086 AND 36087 AND
coupler (with dual receivers), course select indicator SUBSEQUENT)
(CSI) (with dual receivers), GS antenna, and GS
antenna coupler (with dual GS installed). The VHF navigation (VOR/ILS) system No. 1 provides
VHF omnidirectional radio range (VOR), and
On the helicopter with the single navigation (VOR/LOC Instrument Landing System (ILS) information. The
or VOR/LOC/GS) system installed, VOR bearing VHF navigation (VOR/LOC/GS) system No. 2 provides
information is presented on the No. 1 pointer of each VHF omnidirectional radio range (VOR), localizer
installed Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI). (Copilot (LOC), and glideslope (GS) information. The
HSI is part of optional copilot instrument kit.) If the helicopter may be equipped with either single or dual
copilot HSI is not installed, the COURSE SET knob on NAV receivers coupled to either single or dual pilot
the pilot HSI controls the manual VOR. If the copilot instruments. In addition to NAV receivers, components
HSI is installed, the COURSE SET switch is provided include NAV control panels (one for each receiver),
to select either the pilot or copilot COURSE SET knob OMNI antenna, NAV antenna coupler (with dual
to control manual VOR. Course deviation, vertical receivers), Course Select Indicator (CSI) (with dual
steering, and flag information for the glideslope (when receivers), GS antenna, and GS antenna coupler (with
installed) is presented on both HSIs (when copilot HSI dual GS installed).
is installed). The glideslope (when installed) is
channeled with the No. 1 VHF NAV control panel to On the helicopters with the single navigation
the glideslope pointer of each installed HSI. (VOR/ILS) system installed, VOR bearing information
is presented on the No. 1 pointer of each installed
With the dual navigation (VOR/LOC or VOR/LOC/GS) Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI). (The copilot HSI is
systems installed, the HSIs present course deviation part of optional copilot instrument kit.) If the copilot HSI
for either receiver selected with the associated BRG is not installed, the COURSE SET knob on the pilot
PTR No. 1 switch. If the copilot HSI is not installed, the HSI controls manual VOR. If the copilot HSI is
COURSE SET knob on the pilot HSI controls manual installed, the COURSE SET switch is provided to
VOR for the selected receiver. If the copilot HSI is select either the pilot or copilot COURSE SET knob to
installed, the COURSE SET switch is provided to control manual VOR. Course deviation, glideslope
select either the pilot or copilot COURSE SET knob to deviation (if installed), and signal strength flag
control manual VOR for the selected receiver. The information is presented on both HSIs (when the
No. 1 and No. 2 glideslope (when installed) are copilot HSI is installed). The glideslope (when
channeled with the No. 1 and No. 2 VHF NAV control installed) is channeled with the No. 1 VHF NAV control
panels respectively. The No. 1 glideslope (when panel to the glideslope pointer of each installed HSI.
installed) furnishes vertical steering and flag
information to both HSIs and the No. 2 glideslope With the dual navigation (VOR/ILS and VOR/LOC/GS)
(when installed) furnishes vertical steering and flag systems installed, HSIs present course deviation for
information to the pilot CSI. the NAV 1 receiver selected with the associated BRG
PTR No. 1 switch, while the selection of the BRG PTR
Heading information is supplied to the No. 1 VOR/LOC No. 1 NAV 2 presents on the CSI. If the copilot HSI is
or VOR/LOC/GS receiver from the pilot 3-axis not installed, the COURSE SET knob on the pilot HSI

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 117
BHT-412-MM-11

controls the manual VOR for the selected receiver. If 97-165. VHF NAVIGATION SYSTEM —
the copilot HSI is installed, a COURSE SET switch is FUNCTIONAL TEST
provided to select either the pilot or copilot COURSE
SET knob to control the manual VOR for the selected
receiver. No. 1 and No. 2 glideslope receivers (when SPECIAL TOOLS REQUIRED
installed) are channeled with the No. 1 and No. 2 VHF
NAV control panels respectively. The No. 1 glideslope NUMBER NOMENCLATURE
receiver (when installed) furnishes vertical steering
and flag information to the pilot HSI and copilot HSI Collins Type 479T-2 or Signal Generator
(when installed). The No. 2 glideslope receiver (when Equivalent
installed) furnishes vertical steering and flag
IFR Type NAV-401 MKR/NAV/COMM Test
information to the CSI. Set

Heading information is supplied to the No. 1 VOR/ILS 97-166. Preliminary Test Procedures
receiver from the No. 1 3-axis reference sensor and to
the No. 2 VOR/LOC/GS receiver from No. 2 3-axis 1. Visually inspect the navigation system to detect
reference sensor. and correct any faulty mechanical mountings and
electrical connections.
26 VAC excitation of the No. 1 and No. 2 NAV
receivers is supplied from the No. 1 and No. 2 26 VAC 2. Position the signal generator near the helicopter
buses respectively and the 115 VAC is supplied from and turn the SET LINE TO 21V control to OFF.
the No. 1 and No. 2 115 VAC buses respectively. The
No. 1 NAV receiver and No. 1 NAV control panel are 3. Connect the power cord to 21 VDC to 29 VDC
powered by the 28 VDC ESNTL BUS 1, No. 2 NAV connector and to the 21 to 29 VDC power source.
receiver and No. 2 NAV control panel are powered by
the 28 VDC NONESNTL BUS 2. The No. 1 NAV 4. Set the METER switch to LINE and adjust the
SET LINE TO 21V control until the meter indicates 21
receiver and control panel, and No. 2 NAV receiver
(±0.5) volts.
and control panel are protected by the circuit breakers
NAV 1 and NAV 2 respectively.
5. Set the METER switch to B+. The meter should
read 230 volts. Allow 3 minutes warmup.
The marker beacon receiver is incorporated into the
No. 1 VHF navigation (VOR/ILS) system (paragraph 6. Set the METER switch to CAR and turn the
97-218). CARRIER SET control fully counterclockwise. Adjust
the METER ZERO control until the meter reads zero.
The digital VHF navigation control unit features active This adjustment is not critical.
and standby gaseous discharge frequency displays
with automatic dimming. The control has a nonvolatile 7. Set the NAV-GS switch to NAV (for 108.0 to
135.9 MHz operation).
memory that retains last selected frequencies when
the power is turned off. Desired operating frequency
may be entered directly by pulling out the inner 8. If a specific signal strength is required, rotate the
MICROVOLTS dial to the desired output level and,
frequency selector knob. If the inner frequency
with the meter switch in the CAR position, set the
selector knob is pushed in, frequency is first entered CARRIER SET control until the meter red lines.
into the standby (SBY) display, and then the transfer
button must be pushed. This will trade the contents of
the active and standby displays. The receiver is NOTE
always tuned to the frequency appearing in the active The meter must be reset to the red line
display. each time frequency is changed.

97-00-00
Page 118 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

9. Connect the signal generator antenna, fully


NOTE
extended, to the NAV OUTPUT connector.
The course deviation bar will also center on
10. Position the LOC-GS control in center position. the reciprocal course. However, the
ambiguity meter will indicate from the
station.
11. Connect an external power source adjusted to
27.5 VDC to the helicopter external power receptacle. 3. Check the copilot HSI (when installed) course
window indicates within 2.0° of the pilot course
12. Energize the power buses per paragraph 97-4 or window. Check the copilot course deviation bar
paragraph 97-5, as applicable. Place all centers within 2.0° of the pilot. The bearing pointer
communications and navigation switches and controls No. 1 on the copilot HSI should indicate within 3.0° of
in the OFF or normal position. Close all the pilot No. 1 pointer whenever the two compass
communications and navigation circuit breakers. cards agree.

4. Repeat step 2 and step 3 for the test set VOR


NOTE bearings of 45.0, 90.0, 135.0, 180.0, 225.0, 270.0, and
Separate navigation test procedures are 315.0°.
presented for single VOR/LOC or
VOR/LOC/GS system, dual VOR/LOC or 5. Set the copilot HSI (when installed) COURSE
VOR/LOC/GS system, and the glideslope SET switch to COPILOT. On the copilot HSI, adjust the
portion of the system (S/N 33001 through COURSE SET knob until the course deviation bar is
33100). centered. Check the course window indicates within
3.0° of the VOR bearing selected on the signal
generator and proper ambiguity is indicated (triangular
NOTE flag pointing toward arrow end of course select
Separate navigation test procedures are pointer). The No. 1 bearing pointer should indicate a
presented for single VOR/ILS system, dual bearing within 3.0° of that indicated in the course
VOR/ILS and VOR/LOC/GS system, and window, and the pilot course deviation bar should
the glideslope portion of the system (33101 center within 2.0° of copilot. Return the COURSE SET
through 36086 and 36087 and switch to PILOT.
subsequent).
6. Rotate the COURSE SET knob on the pilot HSI
97-167. Single Receiver System through 360.0° and check for proper to-from
indications on each installed HSI.
The following VHF navigation receiver checks are
applicable for single or dual pilot configurations using 7. Set the COURSE SET switch to COPILOT and
a single VHF navigation receiver. check that the rotation of the copilot COURSE SET
knob through 360.0° results in proper to-from
1. Tune the VHF NAV control and test set to indication on both HSIs. Return the COURSE SET
108.0 MHz. Set the test set to zero (00.0) degrees switch to PILOT.
signal. Check the red VOR warning flag on each
installed HSI is out of view. If a copilot HSI is installed, 8. Adjust the test set for an audio signal. Check
position the COURSE SET switch to PILOT. aural output of the VHF navigation receiver by
monitoring headset audio for a tone (appropriate mixer
2. Adjust the COURSE SET knob (when installed) switches must be ON). Determine that the rotating
until the course deviation bar is centered. Check the volume control on the NAV control panel will vary the
course window and the No. 1 bearing pointer indicates audio level. Leave the volume control at a comfortable
within 3.0° of the VOR bearing selected on the signal listening level.
generator and proper ambiguity is indicated (triangular
flag pointing toward arrow end of course select 9. Select the test set frequency of 117.9 MHz and a
pointer). The bearing pointer No. 1 should indicate bearing of 0°. Select a frequency of 117.0 MHz on the
within 3.0° of course window indication. NAV control.

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 119
BHT-412-MM-11

10. Adjust the COURSE SET knob on the pilot HSI 5. Set the pilot BRG PTR NO. 1 switch to NAV 2.
until the course deviation bar is centered. With the Observe that the No. 1 pointer on the HSI indicates
course deviation bar centered and the ambiguity flag within 3.0° of bearing indicated on the CSI, and within
indicating to the station, the COURSE digits and 3.0° of bearing selected on the signal generator.
course deviation pointer should be indicating Return the BRG PTR NO. 1 switch to NAV 1.
approximately 0°. The No. 1 bearing pointer should
also indicate a bearing of approximately 0°.
NOTE
11. Rotate the COURSE SET knob on the pilot HSI to Several degrees difference may exist
full-scale (second dot) left and right course deviations. between NAV 1 and NAV 2 indications if the
In each case, the COURSE window indication in both two gyromagnetic compass systems have
the pilot and copilot (when installed) HSIs should be not been swung or synchronized.
10.0 ± 2.0° from the center course (0°).
6. Repeat step 3 through step 5 for test set VOR
headings of 45.0, 90.0, 135.0, 180.0, 225.0, 270.0,
12. Set the COURSE SET switch, when copilot HSI is and 315.0°.
installed, to COPILOT and repeat step 10 and step 11
for the copilot HSI.
7. Rotate the COURSE SET knob on pilot HSI
through 360.0° and check for proper to-from
97-168. Dual Receiver (Single Pilot) System indication.

The following VOR checks are applicable for dual 8. Rotate the OBS knob on the CSI through 360.0°
receiver installations when the copilot instruments are and check for proper to-from indication.
not installed.
9. Adjust the test set for an audio signal. Check the
1. Tune the VHF NAV controls and test set to aural output to both navigation receivers by monitoring
108.0 MHz. Set the test set for 0° (00.0) signal. Check headset audio for a tone (appropriate mixer switches
the red VOR warning flags on the HSI and CSI are out must be ON). Determine that the rotating volume
of view. control on each NAV control panel will vary the audio
level.
2. Set the pilot BRG PTR NO. 1 switch to NAV 1.
10. Select a test set frequency of 117.9 MHz and a
heading of 0°. Select a frequency of 117.0 MHz on
3. Adjust the COURSE SET knob, on the pilot HSI,
both NAV control panels.
until the course window and No. 1 bearing pointer
indicate within 3.0° of VOR bearing selected on the
signal generator and that proper ambiguity is indicated 11. Adjust the COURSE SET knob on the pilot HSI
(triangular flag pointing toward arrow end of course until the course deviation bar is centered. With the
select pointer). The No. 1 pointer should indicate a course deviation bar centered and the ambiguity flag
bearing within 3.0° of that indicated in the course indicating to the station, the COURSE digits should be
window. indicating approximately 0° and the course deviation
bar should be approximately centered. The No. 1
pointer should also indicate a bearing of
4. Adjust the CSI OBS knob until the vertical needle approximately 0°.
is centered. Check the course card indicates within
3.0° of VOR bearing selected on the signal generator
and TO flag is in view. NOTE
There may be several degrees difference
NOTE between NAV 1 and NAV 2 indications if the
two gyromagnetic compass systems have
The course deviation pointers will also not been swung or are not synchronized.
center on the reciprocal course. However,
the ambiguity meter will indicate from the 12. Set the pilot BRG PTR NO. 1 switch to NAV 2 and
the station. determine that the No. 1 pointer on the pilot HSI

97-00-00
Page 120 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

indicates VOR bearing for No. 2 VHF navigation window and within 4.0° of the copilot No. 1 pointer
receiver. (NAV 2) whenever the two compass cards agree.

13. Adjust the CSI OBS knob until the vertical pointer
NOTE
is centered. Check that the TO flag is in view and the
course card indicates approximately 0°. There may be several degrees difference if
the gyromagnetic compasses have not
14. Rotate the COURSE SET knob on the pilot HSI been swung or are not synchronized.
for full scale (second dot) left and right deviations. In
each case, the COURSE window indication should be 4. Set the COURSE SET switch to COPILOT and
10.0 ±2.0° from center course. adjust the copilot COURSE SET knob until the course
deviation bar is centered. The copilot COURSE
window indication should be within 3.0° of bearing
15. Rotate the CSI OBS knob for full scale (inside indicated by the pilot HSI pointer No. 1. Observe the
edge of dash marks) left and right course deviations. pilot HSI COURSE window indication and pilot course
In each case, the course card indication should be deviation bar centers within 2.0° of the copilot.
10.0 ±2.0 ° from the center course.
5. Return the COURSE SET switch to PILOT and
97-169. Dual Receiver (Dual Pilot) System check that the copilot HSI COURSE window is within
2.0° of the pilot COURSE window. Check the copilot
The following tests are applicable to dual receiver course deviation bar centers within 2.0° of the pilot.
installations when both the pilot and copilot
instruments are installed. 6. Adjust the CSI OBS knob until the vertical pointer
on the CSI is centered. Check the indicated course on
1. Tune the VHF NAV controls and test set to the CSI (NAV 2) and No. 1 bearing pointer on the
108.0 MHz. Set the test set for a 0° (00.0) signal. copilot HSI are within 3.0° of VOR bearing selected on
Check that the red VOR warning flags on both HSIs the signal generator and proper ambiguity is indicated
and CSI are out of view. (TO-FROM flag indicates TO).

2. Set the pilot BRG PTR NO. 1 switch to NAV 1, 7. Repeat step 3 through step 6 for test set VOR
copilot BRG PTR NO. 1 switch to NAV 2, and bearings of 45.0, 90.0, 135.0, 180.0, 225.0, 270.0, and
COURSE SET switch to PILOT. 315.0°.

NOTE 8. Rotate the COURSE SET knob on the pilot HSI


through 360.0° and check for proper to-from
With the preceding setup, the pilot HSI will indications on both HSIs.
present VOR bearing for No. 1 VHF
navigation receiver, and copilot HSI will
9. Set the COURSE SET switch to COPILOT and
present VOR bearing for No. 2 VHF
check that rotation of the copilot COURSE SET knob
navigation receiver. Course deviation for
through 360.0° results in proper to-from indication on
the No. 1 VHF navigation receiver is
both HSIs. Return the COURSE SET switch to PILOT.
displayed on both HSIs, and course
deviation for No. 2 VHF navigation receiver
is displayed on CSI. 10. Rotate the OBS knob on the CSI through
360.0°and check for proper TO-FROM indications on
3. Adjust the COURSE SET knob on the pilot HSI the CSI.
until the course deviation bar is centered. Check the
course window and No. 1 bearing pointer indicate 11. Adjust the test set for an audio signal. Check
within 3.0° of VOR bearing selected on signal the aural output of both navigation receivers by monitoring
generator and proper ambiguity is indicated (triangular the headset audio for a tone (appropriate mixer switch
flag pointing toward arrow end of course select must be ON). Determine that the rotating volume
pointer). The pilot No. 1 pointer should indicate a control on each NAV control panel will vary the audio
bearing within 3.0° of that indicated in the COURSE level.

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 121
BHT-412-MM-11

12. Select the test set frequency of 117.9 MHz and a 2. Select the test set and each installed VHF
bearing of 0°. Select a frequency of 117.0 MHz on both navigation receiver to 110.1 MHz.
NAV controls.
3. Set the COURSE SET switch on the copilot HSI
13. Set the pilot and copilot BRG PTR NO. 1 (when installed) to PILOT. On the pilot HSI, set the
switches to NAV 1. On the pilot HSI, adjust the course pointer to aircraft heading with the COURSE
COURSE SET knob until the course deviation bar is SET knob (pointer vertical with arrow up).
centered. With the course deviation bar centered and
the ambiguity flag indicating to the station, the 4. Increase the test set output level until the red
COURSE digits and course pointers on both HSIs warning flags on the installed HSI and CSI (when
should be indicating 0.0 ±3.0°. The No. 1 pointer on installed) are out of view.
both HSIs should also indicate a bearing of 0.0 ±3.0°.
5. Adjust the test set for right deflection. Observe
14. Set the pilot and copilot BRG PTR NO. 1 that the course deviation bars on each installed HSI
switches to NAV 2. On the CSI, adjust the OBS knob and the vertical needle on the CSI (when installed)
until the vertical pointer on the CSI is centered. With deflect to the right.
the vertical pointer centered and the ambiguity flag
indicating TO, the indicated course should be 0.0
6. Adjust the test set for left deflection. Observe the
±3.0°. The No. 1 pointer of both HSIs should also
course deviation bars on each installed HSI and the
indicate a bearing of 0.0 ±3.0°. Return the pilot BRG
vertical needle on the CSI (when installed) deflect to
PTR NO. 1 switch to NAV 1.
the left.
15. Rotate the COURSE SET knob on the pilot HSI
for full scale (second dot) left and right course 7. Adjust the test set for centered indications.
deviations. In each case, the COURSE window Observe that the course deviation bar on each
indication should be 10.0 ±2.0° from the center (zero) installed HSI and the vertical needle on the CSI (when
course. installed) are centered.

16. Rotate the CSI OBS knob for full scale (inside 97-171. Glideslope (GS)
edge of dash marks) left and right course deviations.
In each case, the course indication should be 10.0 The following tests are applicable for single or dual
±2.0° from the center (zero) course. pilot installations.

1. Set up the test set for glideslope operation.


NOTE
NAV 1 and NAV 2 No. 1 pointer indications 2. Set the test set and each installed VHF
may differ by several degrees if the two navigation receiver for a glideslope frequency of
gyromagnetic compass systems have not 334.7 MHz (108.1 MHz-localizer).
been swung or synchronized.
3. Increase the test set output level until the GS
17. Position the pilot BRG PTR NO. 1 switch to warning flags on the pilot HSI, pilot CSI (when
NAV 2 and determine that the No. 1 pointer on the pilot installed), and copilot HSI (when installed) are out of
HSI indicates VOR bearing for the No. 2 VHF view.
navigation receiver.

18. Position the copilot BRG PTR NO. 1 switch to NOTE


NAV 1 and determine that the No. 1 pointer on the If two glideslope receivers are installed,
copilot HSI indicates VOR bearing for the No. 1 VHF they may be checked simultaneously.
navigation receiver.
4. Adjust the test set for up-deflection (150.0 Hz
97-170. Localizer modulation greater than 90.0 Hz). Check the
glideslope pointer on each installed indicator is at
1. Set up the test set for localizer operation. maximum upward deflection.

97-00-00
Page 122 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

5. Adjust the test set for down-deflection (90.0 Hz


modulation greater than 150.0 Hz). Check each GLIDESLOPE FREQ LOCALIZER FREQ
glideslope pointer has moved through zero and is at (MHZ) (MHZ)
full down position (bottom of display) on each (TEST SET) (NAV CONTROLS)
indicator. The GS flags should remain out of view.
330.8 110.9

331.4 109.1
6. Adjust the test set for on-course (center) output.
Check that the glideslope pointer on each installed 331.7 111.1
indicator is centered and the glideslope flags remain
out of view. 332.6 109.5

333.2 109.7
7. Select a frequency (when two VHF navigation
receivers are installed) other than 108.1 MHz on the 333.8 109.9
No. 1 NAV control panel and check the pilot and 334.1 108.3
copilot HSI GS warning flags come into view and the
GS warning flag on the CSI remains out of view. 334.4 110.1

335.0 110.3
8. Observe the GS warning flags on the pilot HSI
(No. 1 glideslope) and CSI (No. 2 glideslope) are out 97-172. VHF NAVIGATION SYSTEM —
of view for each of the glideslope/localizer frequency TROUBLESHOOTING
pairings listed as follows:
Make sure the appropriate circuit breakers are closed
and interconnecting cabling is in normal condition.
GLIDESLOPE FREQ LOCALIZER FREQ Refer to Table 97-10 and the appropriate wiring
(MHZ) (MHZ) diagram when troubleshooting. Perform checks as
(TEST SET) (NAV CONTROLS) necessary to isolate trouble.

329.6 110.5

330.2 110.7

Table 97-10. VHF Navigation System — Troubleshooting

TROUBLE INDICATION PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

No. 1 or No. 2 NAV control Defective NAV control panel. Replace NAV control panel.
panel dial lights inoperative
when pedestal lighting is turned
on (other pedestal lights
operate properly with
PEDESTAL lights control).

Defective wiring to lighting bus. Repair or replace wiring.

GS warning flag is masked Defective HSI or CSI. Replace HSI or CSI.


from view but no fly-up or
fly-down indication from
pointers.

Defective wiring to GS pointers. Repair or replace wiring.

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 123
BHT-412-MM-11

Table 97-10. VHF Navigation System — Troubleshooting (Cont)

TROUBLE INDICATION PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

Glideslope deviation indicators Defective NAV receiver. Replace NAV receiver.


and/or GS warning flags
inoperative on all indicator
presentations.

Defective NAV control panel Replace NAV control panel.

Defective glideslope antenna. Replace glideslope antenna.

Defective wiring. Repair or replace wiring.

97-173. VHF NAVIGATION SYSTEM — REMOVAL 3. Lift the NAV control panel from the pedestal
PROCEDURES assembly.

97-176. NAV Control Panel (No. 1 or No. 2) (S/N


WARNING 33101 through 36086 and 36087 and
Subsequent)

MAKE SURE ELECTRICAL POWER IS 1. Loosen the spring lock fasteners that secure the
OFF. control panel mounting plate assembly to the pedestal
assembly.
97-174. VHF Navigation Receiver (No. 1 or No. 2)
2. Lift the control panel mounting plate assembly
and control unit(s) far enough out of the pedestal
1. Disconnect the electrical and antenna connectors
assembly to reach and disconnect the electrical
from the front of the receiver and protect open ends
connector(s) at the back of the unit(s).
with electrical tape and caps.

3. Lift the control panel mounting plate assembly


2. Loosen the knurled retainer nut on the front of the and control unit(s) free of the pedestal assembly.
mounting rack until the holddown clamp can be
slipped off the lug on the front of the receiver.
4. Loosen the screws and nuts that secure the
control unit to the control panel mounting plate
3. Slide the receiver out of its mount. assembly.

97-175. NAV Control Panel (No. 1 or No. 2) (S/N 5. Lift the control unit free of the control panel
33001 through 33100) mounting plate assembly.

1. Loosen the spring lock fasteners that secure the 97-177. CSI (Dual VHF Navigation Systems)
NAV control panel to the pedestal assembly.
1. Loosen the three screws and nuts that secure the
indicator.
2. Lift the NAV control panel far enough out of the
pedestal assembly to reach and disconnect the
electrical connector at the back of the NAV control 2. Disconnect the electrical connector and cap and
panel. tape.

97-00-00
Page 124 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

97-178. NAV Antenna Coupler (Installed with No. 2 97-183. VHF Navigation Receiver (No. 1 or No. 2)
VHF Navigation System)
1. Position the receiver on the mount and carefully
1. Disconnect the three antenna cable connectors slide the receiver into place.
from the antenna coupler and tag the cable connectors
for identification.
2. Place the holddown clamp of the mount over the
lug on the front of the receiver.
2. Remove the mounting screws and remove the
NAV antenna coupler from the mounting shelf.
3. Tighten the knurled retainer nut until the receiver
97-179. Omni Antenna (Left or Right Half Element) is secure.

1. Remove the 12 mounting screws that secure the 4. Remove the protective tape and caps from the
antenna element base plates (left or right half, as electrical and antenna connectors and connect to the
applicable) to the skin of the helicopter. front of the receiver.

2. Pull the antenna element a short distance away 97-184. NAV/DME Control Unit (No. 1 or No. 2)
from the helicopter skin. (S/N 33001 through 33100)

3. Disconnect the coaxial connector from the 1. Connect the electrical connector to the back of
antenna element base. the control unit.

97-180. Glideslope Antenna Coupler


2. Position the control unit in place on the pedestal
assembly and secure with the spring lock fasteners.
1. Disconnect the three antenna connectors from
the GS antenna coupler and tag the cable connectors
for identification. 97-185. NAV/DME Control Unit (No. 1 or No. 2)
(S/N 33101 through 36086 and 36087 and
2. Remove the mounting screws and remove the Subsequent)
GS antenna coupler from the mounting shelf.
1. Position the control unit in the control panel
97-181. Glideslope Antenna mounting plate assembly and secure with the
mounting screws and nuts.
1. Gain access to the antenna by lowering the
hinged lower nose door. 2. Connect the electrical connector(s) to the back of
the control unit(s).
2. Disconnect the antenna cable connector from the
antenna.
3. Position the control panel mounting plate
assembly and control unit(s) in place on the pedestal
3. Remove the two mounting screws and washers and secure with the spring lock fasteners.
from the outside skin, while supporting the antenna
inside the access door, and remove the antenna.
97-186. CSI (Dual VOR/LOC/GS or VOR/LOC
Systems)
97-182. VHF NAVIGATION SYSTEM —
INSTALLATION PROCEDURES
1. Connect the electrical connector to the back of
the CSI.
WARNING
2. Position the CSI in place on the instrument panel.

MAKE SURE ELECTRICAL POWER IS 3. Secure the CSI to the instrument panel with the
OFF. three screws and nuts.

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 125
BHT-412-MM-11

97-187. NAV Antenna Coupler (Installed with No. 2 3. Inspect the NAV control panels to ensure that the
VHF Navigation System) panel lights illuminate when the power is on.

1. Secure the antenna coupler in place on the 4. Inspect the VHF navigation receivers for proper
mounting shelf with the mounting screws. mounting.

2. Connect the three tagged antenna cable 5. Inspect the antennas, antenna couplers (when
connectors to the respective connectors on the installed), and mounting for corrosion, dents, cracks,
VOR/LOC antenna coupler. and breaks.

97-188. Omni Antenna (Left or Right Half Element) 6. Inspect the electrical connectors for corroded or
bent pins and proper mating, interconnecting cables
1. Place the antenna element (left or right half, as for frayed or broken insulation, and circuit breakers for
applicable) a short distance from its mounting and proper operation.
connect the coaxial cable to the antenna element
connector. 97-192. VHF NAVIGATION SYSTEM — CLEANING
PROCEDURES
2. Secure the antenna element base plates to the
helicopter skin with 12 mounting screws. 1. Remove moisture and loose dirt with a clean, soft
cloth.
97-189. Glideslope Antenna Coupler
2. Remove dust and dirt from the panels, panel
1. Secure the GS antenna coupler in place on the controls, panel light housings, antennas, antenna
mounting shelf with the mounting screws. couplers, and NAV receivers with a soft, clean cloth.

2. Connect the three tagged antenna cable


connectors to their respective connectors on the GS WARNING
antenna coupler.

97-190. Glideslope Antenna CLEANING COMPOUND FUMES ARE


TOXIC AND FLAMMABLE.
1. Position the antenna in place in the housing
inside access door and secure with two mounting 3. Remove grease, fungus, and ground-in dirt with a
screws and washers from the outside skin. soft cloth dampened with an approved cleaning
compound.
2. Connect the antenna cable connector to the
antenna. 4. Remove dirt from the connectors with a soft
bristle brush. Remove moisture with a dry cloth.
3. Close and secure the access door.
97-193. VHF NAVIGATION SYSTEM — REPAIR OR
97-191. VHF NAVIGATION SYSTEM — REPLACEMENT
INSPECTION PROCEDURES
1. Tighten or replace loose or cracked control knobs
1. Inspect the VHF navigation system components on the NAV control panels COURSE SET or BRG PTR
for completeness. Inspect for proper installation, switches (dual navigation systems).
cleanliness, and proper mounting.
2. Replace defective or inoperative units.
2. Inspect the switches and controls on the NAV
control panels and the COURSE SET and BRG PTR 3. Further repairs, other than removal and
switches (when installed) on the instrument panel for replacement, must be conducted by an authorized
proper mechanical action. repair station.

97-00-00
Page 126 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

ADF NAVIGATION SYSTEM

97-194. ADF NAVIGATION SYSTEM (WHEN active and standby displays. If the transfer button is
INSTALLED) (S/N 33001 THROUGH held in for approximately 2 seconds, the standby
33100) display will become blank and the active display will be
controlled directly by the frequency select knobs. The
The Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) navigation receiver is always tuned to the frequency appearing in
system consists of a receiver, control panel, sense the active display. An X is displayed when the ADF is
antenna, and a loop antenna. not pointing to a station. If an invalid ADF frequency is
selected, the display will flash. In the ANT mode, the
loop portion of the antenna will be disabled allowing
ADF bearing information is presented on the No. 2
clearer audio reception and the No. 2 pointer on each
pointer on each installed Horizontal Situation Indicator
installed HSI will rotate to a relative bearing of 90°.
(HSI).

The ADF navigation system provides both visual and 97-196. ADF NAVIGATION SYSTEM —
aural facilities of ADF homing, radio range navigation, FUNCTIONAL TEST
and position fixing. The operating frequency range is
200 to 1790 kHz. Magnetic bearing of a selected radio 97-197. Preliminary Test Procedures
station is displayed on the HSI. Aural reception of
audio transmissions from the station is heard in the 1. Visually inspect the ADF navigation system to
headset when the ADF mixing switch, on the intercom detect and correct any faulty mechanical mountings
control unit, is ON. and electrical connections. Connect an external power
source adjusted to 27.5 VDC to the helicopter external
97-195. ADF NAVIGATION SYSTEM (WHEN power receptacle.
INSTALLED) (S/N 33101 THROUGH
36086 AND 36087 AND SUBSEQUENT) 2. Energize the power buses per paragraph 97-4 or
paragraph 97-5, as applicable. Place all
The Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) navigation communications and navigation switches and control
system consists of a receiver, control panel, and a in the OFF or normal position. Close all
loop/sense antenna. communications and navigation circuit breakers.

ADF bearing information is presented on the No. 2 3. Place the ADF mixing switch, on the helicopter
pointer on each installed Horizontal Situation Indicator intercom control unit, to the ON position.
(HSI).
97-198. Test Procedures
The ADF navigation system provides both visual and
aural facilities of ADF homing, radio range navigation,
1. Accomplish paragraph 97-197. Adjust the VOL
and position fixing. The operating frequency range is
control on the ADF control panel to midposition, and
200 to 1790 kHz. The magnetic bearing of a selected
set the ADF/ANT switch to ANT.
radio station is displayed on the HSI. Aural reception
of the audio transmissions from the station is heard in
the headset when the ADF mixing switch on the 2. Tune several local stations across the band. For
intercom control unit is ON. each station selected, check for proper frequency
indication, satisfactory headset audio, and adequate
The digital ADF control unit features active and volume control. Make sure the ADF mixer switch at
standby gaseous discharge frequency displays with each intercom control unit is in the ON position.
automatic dimming. The control has a nonvolatile
memory that retains last selected frequencies when 3. While in ANT mode and tuned to a station, turn
the power is turned off. To tune a desired operating on the BFO switch and determine that a 1020 Hz tone
frequency, the frequency is first entered into the is audible; check the No. 2 pointer on each installed
standby (SDY) display, and then the transfer button HSI rotates to a relative bearing of 270° (S/N 33001
must be pushed. This will trade the contents of the through 33100).

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 127
BHT-412-MM-11

4. While in ANT mode and tuned to a station, turn HSI should drive counterclockwise, and return to the
on the BFO switch and determine that a 1020 Hz tone approximate station bearing when the switch is
is audible; check that No. 2 pointer on each installed released (S/N 33001 through 33100).
HSI rotates to a relative bearing of 90° (S/N 33101
through 36086 and 36087 and subsequent).
7. Turn off all equipment, open all circuit breakers,
and disconnect the external power source.
5. On the ADF control panel, position the ADF/ANT
switch in ADF and select several local station
frequencies across the band. For each station 97-199. ADF NAVIGATION SYSTEM —
selected, make sure that the proper frequency is TROUBLESHOOTING
indicated, that the No. 2 pointer on each installed HSI
indicates the approximate direction to the station, and Make sure the appropriate circuit breakers are closed
that the headset audio is satisfactory. and interconnecting cabling is in normal condition.
Refer to Table 97-11 and the appropriate wiring
6. While in ADF mode, and locked on to a station, diagram when troubleshooting. Perform checks as
depress the TEST switch. The No. 2 pointer on each necessary to isolate trouble.

Table 97-11. ADF Navigation System — Troubleshooting

TROUBLE INDICATION PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

No audio output. Defective ADF control panel. Replace ADF control panel.

Defective ADF receiver. Replace ADF receiver.

Defective wiring. Repair or replace wiring.

Operating frequency is not Defective ADF control panel. Replace ADF control panel.
correct.

Defective ADF receiver. Replace ADF receiver.

Defective wiring. Repair or replace wiring.

ADF indication 180° in error on Defective ADF receiver. Replace ADF receiver.
HSI(s).

Defective ADF sense antenna Replace ADF sense antenna (whip)


(whip) (S/N 33001 through 33100). (S/N 33001 through 33100).

Defective ADF sense antenna coax Check and repair ADF sense
cable (S/N 33001 through 33100). antenna coax cable (S/N 33001
through 33100).

Defective ADF loop/sense antenna Replace ADF loop/sense antenna


(S/N 33101 through 36086 and (S/N 33101 through 36086 and
36087 and subsequent). 36087 and subsequent).

Defective ADF loop/sense antenna Check and repair ADF loop/sense


coax cable (S/N 33101 through antenna coax cable (S/N 33101
36086 and 36087 and subsequent). through 36086 and 36087 and
subsequent).

97-00-00
Page 128 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

Table 97-11. ADF Navigation System — Troubleshooting (Cont)

TROUBLE INDICATION PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

If only one HSI, defective HSI. Replace HSI.

Defective wiring. Repair or replace wiring.

All functions inoperative. Defective ADF circuit breaker. Replace ADF circuit breaker.

Defective ADF receiver. Replace ADF receiver.

Defective ADF control panel. Replace ADF control panel.

Defective wiring. Repair or replace wiring.

ADF bearing pointers on HSI(s) Defective ADF control panel. Replace ADF control panel.
do not point to station.

Defective ADF receiver. Replace ADF receiver.

Defective ADF sense antenna or Repair or replace sense antenna or


coax cable (S/N 33001 through coax cable (S/N 33001 through
33100). 33100).

Defective ADF loop antenna (S/N Replace ADF loop antenna


33001 through 33100). (S/N 33001 through 33100).

Defective ADF loop/sense antenna Repair or replace loop/sense


or coax cable (S/N 33101 through antenna or coax cable (S/N 33101
36086 and 36087 and subsequent). through 36086 and 36087 and
subsequent).

Defective wiring. Repair or replace wiring.

ADF bearing pointer on one Defective HSI. Replace defective HSI.


HSI does not point to station
with two HSI(s) installed.

Defective wiring. Repair or replace wiring.

97-200. ADF NAVIGATION SYSTEM — REMOVAL 97-201. ADF Receiver


PROCEDURES
1. Disconnect the electrical and antenna connectors
from the front of the receiver and protect open ends
WARNING with electrical tape and caps.

MAKE SURE ELECTRICAL POWER IS 2. Loosen the knurled retainer nut on the front of the
OFF. mounting rack until the holddown clamp can be
slipped off the lug on the front of the receiver.

3. Slide the receiver out of its mount.

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 129
BHT-412-MM-11

97-202. ADF Control Panel (S/N 33001 through 97-205. ADF Loop/Sense Antenna (S/N 33101
33100) through 36086 and 36087 and
Subsequent)
1. Loosen the spring lock fasteners that secure the
mounting panel to the pedestal assembly. 1. Remove the screws that secure the loop/sense
antenna access panel.
2. Lift the ADF control panel, far enough out of the
pedestal assembly to reach and disconnect the 2. Lower the access panel and antenna from the
electrical connector from the back of the control unit. helicopter skin until the antenna cable connector can
be reached.
3. Lift the ADF control panel free of the pedestal
assembly. 3. Disconnect the antenna cable connector and
remove the access panel and antenna.
97-203. ADF Control Panel (S/N 33101 through
36086 and 36087 and Subsequent) 4. Remove the screws that attach the loop/sense
antenna to the access panel.
1. Loosen the spring lock fasteners that secure the
control panel mounting plate assembly to the pedestal 97-206. ADF Sense Antenna (Whip) (S/N 33001
assembly. through 33100)

2. Lift the control panel mounting plate assembly 1. Open the heater compartment access door on
and control unit(s) far enough out of the pedestal the right side of the helicopter.
assembly to reach and disconnect the electrical
connector(s) at the back of the unit(s). 2. Disconnect the cable assembly from the whip
sense antenna by removing the screw from the mount
3. Lift the control panel mounting plate assembly end of the whip antenna.
and control unit(s) free of the pedestal assembly.
3. From outside the helicopter, loosen the clamping
4. Loosen the screws and nuts that secure the screw on each antenna standoff.
control unit to the control panel mounting plate
assembly. 4. Remove the whip antenna by sliding the antenna
out of each standoff.
5. Lift the control unit free of the control panel
mounting plate assembly. 97-207. ADF NAVIGATION SYSTEM —
INSTALLATION PROCEDURES
97-204. ADF Loop Antenna (S/N 33001 through
33100)
WARNING
1. Remove the screws that secure the loop antenna
access panel.
MAKE SURE ELECTRICAL POWER IS
2. Lower the access panel and antenna from the OFF.
helicopter skin until the antenna cable connector can
be reached. 97-208. ADF Receiver

3. Disconnect the antenna cable connector and 1. Position the receiver on the mount and slide the
remove the access panel and antenna. receiver into place.

4. Remove the screws that attach the loop antenna 2. Place the holddown clamp of the mount over the
to the access panel. lug on the front of the receiver.

97-00-00
Page 130 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

3. Tighten the knurled retainer nut until the receiver 4. Connect the antenna cable to the antenna
is secure. receptacle.

4. Remove the protective tape and caps from the 5. Position the access panel in place on the
electrical and antenna connectors and connect to the helicopter skin.
front of the receiver.
6. Secure the access panel with the mounting
97-209. ADF Control Panel (S/N 33001 through screws.
33100)
97-212. ADF Loop/Sense Antenna (S/N 33101
1. Connect the electrical connector to the back of through 36086 and 36087 and
the ADF control panel. Subsequent)

2. Position the ADF control panel in place on the 1. Position the ADF loop/sense antenna in place on
pedestal assembly. the helicopter access panel. Make sure the forward
side of the antenna is oriented with the forward edge
of the panel.
3. Secure the ADF control panel to the pedestal
assembly with the spring lock fasteners.
2. Install the washers between the backup plate and
panel to obtain proper bonding and secure the
97-210. ADF Control Panel (S/N 33101 through antenna to the access panel and backup plate with the
36086 and 36087 and Subsequent) mounting screws.

1. Position the control unit in the control panel 3. Apply a suitable weatherproofing sealant to the
mounting plate assembly and secure with the outside perimeter of the ADF loop/sense antenna
mounting screws and nuts. base.

2. Connect the electrical connector(s) to the back of 4. Connect the antenna cable to the antenna
the control unit(s). receptacle.

3. Position the control panel mounting plate 5. Position the access panel in place on the
assembly and control unit(s) in place on the pedestal helicopter skin.
and secure with the spring lock fasteners.
6. Secure the access panel with the mounting
97-211. ADF Loop Antenna (S/N 33001 through screws.
33100)
97-213. ADF Sense Antenna (Whip) (S/N 33001
1. Position the ADF loop antenna in place on the through 33100)
helicopter access panel. Make sure the forward side of
the antenna is oriented with the forward edge of the 1. Place the ADF whip sense antenna into each
panel. stand-off outside the helicopter, and position the
mount end of the antenna into the mounting base.
2. Install the washers between the backup plate and
panel to obtain proper bonding and secure the 2. Gain access through the heater compartment
antenna to the access panel and backup plate with the access door inside the helicopter, secure the ADF
mounting screws. sense antenna, and the connect cable assembly with
the mounting screw.
3. Apply a suitable weatherproofing sealant to the
outside perimeter of the ADF loop antenna base. 3. Tighten the clamp screw on each stand-off.

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 131
BHT-412-MM-11

97-214. ADF NAVIGATION SYSTEM — 2. Remove dust and dirt from the panel, panel
INSPECTION PROCEDURES controls, panel light housings, antennas, and receiver
with a soft, clean cloth.
1. Inspect the ADF system components for
completeness, proper installation, cleanliness, and
proper mounting. WARNING

2. Inspect the switches and controls for proper


CLEANING COMPOUND FUMES ARE
mechanical action.
FLAMMABLE AND TOXIC.

3. Inspect the ADF control panel to ensure that the 3. Remove grease, fungus, and ground-in dirt with a
panel lights illuminate when the power is on. soft cloth dampened with an approved cleaning
compound.

4. Inspect the ADF antennas and mountings for 4. Remove dirt from the connectors with a soft
corrosion, dents, cracks, and breaks. bristle brush. Remove moisture with a dry cloth.

5. Inspect the electrical connections for corroded or 97-216. ADF NAVIGATION SYSTEM — REPAIR OR
bent pins and proper mating, interconnecting cables REPLACEMENT
for frayed or broken insulation, and circuit breakers for
proper operation. 1. Tighten or replace loose or cracked control knobs
on the ADF control panel.

97-215. ADF NAVIGATION SYSTEM — CLEANING 2. Replace defective or inoperative units.


PROCEDURES
3. Further repairs, other than removal and
1. Remove moisture and loose dirt with a clean, soft replacement, must be conducted by an authorized
cloth. repair facility.

97-00-00
Page 132 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

MARKER BEACON SYSTEM

97-217. MARKER BEACON SYSTEM (WHEN A test function is also provided, which checks the
INSTALLED) (S/N 33001 THROUGH operation of tone amplifiers, lamps and lamp circuitry,
33100) and audio circuit. A receiver provides outputs for three
lamps. The reception of a 400 Hz tone activates the
The marker beacon system consists of a receiver, blue lamp, a 1.3 kHz tone activates the amber lamp,
antenna, NAV AUDIO control panel, and either one or and a 3.0 kHz tone activates the white lamp. Audio
two three-lamp indicators. output is continuously variable, independent of lamp
outputs. An optional automatic dimming photocell is
The marker beacon system may be installed used for night-time operation. Marker beacon audio is
dependent upon avionics equipment kits installed. The routed through the MKR BCN VOL control on the NAV
marker beacon system has a remote mounted AUDIO control panel (Figure 97-6) to the MKR mixing
receiver, with a power requirement of 27.5 VDC, switch inputs of the pilot and copilot intercom control
operating on 75 MHz, which provides both visual units. A marker beacon MKR BCN SENSITIVITY —
(three-lamp indicators) and audible signals (to the OFF/LO/HI switch is also located on the NAV AUDIO
ICS) when the helicopter is within marker beacon control panel. Indicator light units for both the pilot and
areas of transmission along airways and ILS courses. copilot are provided on the instrument panel.
A test function is also provided, which checks the
operation of the tone amplifiers, lamps and lamp 97-219. MARKER BEACON SYSTEM —
circuitry, and audio circuit. The receiver provides FUNCTIONAL TEST
outputs for three lamps. The reception of a 400 Hz
tone activates the blue lamp, a 1.3 kHz tone activates
the amber lamp, and a 3.0 kHz tone activates the SPECIAL TOOLS REQUIRED
white lamp. Audio output is continuously variable,
independent of lamp outputs. An optional automatic
dimming photocell is used for night-time operation. NUMBER NOMENCLATURE
Marker beacon audio is routed through the MKR BCN
VOL control on the NAV AUDIO control panel TIC Type T-18A or Marker Beacon Tester
(Figure 97-6) to the MKR mixing switch inputs of the Equivalent
pilot and copilot intercom control units. A marker
beacon MKR BCN SENSITIVITY — OFF/LO/HI switch IFR Type NAV-401 MKR/NAV/COMM Test
is also located on the NAV AUDIO control panel. Set
Indicator light units for both the pilot and copilot are
provided on the instrument panel. 97-220. Preliminary Test Procedures

97-218. MARKER BEACON SYSTEM (WHEN 1. Visually inspect the system installation to
INSTALLED) (S/N 33101 THROUGH discover and correct damaged mechanical and
36086 AND 36087 AND SUBSEQUENT) electrical hardware, such as component mounts,
connectors, cables, etc.
The marker beacon system consists of a marker
beacon portion of VHF NAV receiver No. 1, marker 2. Connect an external power source adjusted to
beacon antenna, NAV AUDIO control panel, and either 27.5 VDC to the helicopter external power receptacle
one or two three-lamp indicators. and energize power buses per paragraph 97-4 (S/N
33001 through 33100) or paragraph 97-5 (S/N 33100
The marker beacon system may be installed through 36086 and 36087 and subsequent).
dependent upon avionics equipment kits installed. The
marker beacon system is incorporated into the VHF
NAV receiver No. 1, with a power requirement of 3. Place all communications and navigation
27.5 VDC, operating on 75 MHz, which provides both switches and controls in the OFF position.
visual (three-lamp indicators) and audible signals (to
ICS) when the helicopter is within marker beacon 4. Close all required communication and navigation
areas of transmission along airways and ILS courses. circuit breakers.

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 133
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-6. NAV AUDIO Control Panel

97-00-00
Page 134 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

97-221. Marker Beacon Test Procedures illuminates and a 3000 Hz tone is audible in the pilot
and copilot headsets.
1. Perform preliminary test procedures prior to
accomplishing following tests (paragraph 97-220). 8. Depress the O switch on the marker beacon
tester and move the tester as far away from the
2. Set the MKR BCN SENSITIVITY — OFF/LO/HI helicopter as possible while retaining the blue marker
switch, on the NAV AUDIO control panel, to HI and light(s) and audio. Position the MKR BCN
rotate the MKR BCN VOL control fully clockwise. SENSITIVITY — OFF/HI/LO switch to LO and note
that the marker light and audio indications cease.
3. Depress the test switch on each installed
MARKER BEACON indicator and observe the 800 Hz 9. With the O switch depressed, move the tester
tone is audible in the pilot and copilot headsets and toward the helicopter until the blue marker light(s)
the indicator(s) lamps illuminate. Place a finger over illuminate and a 400 Hz audio is heard in the
the photocell and observe the lamps dim. headsets.

4. Set the MKR mixing switch, on the pilot and 10. If the crew ICS kit is installed, check the marker
copilot intercom control unit (when installed), to ON. beacon audio is NOT audible at the crew ICS stations.

5. Position the marker beacon tester near the 11. De-energize and remove the marker beacon
helicopter and energize the tester. Depress the O tester.
switch on the marker beacon tester. Check the blue
lamp on the indicator(s) illuminates, and a 400 Hz tone 12. Turn off all equipment, open all circuit breakers,
is audible in the pilot and copilot headsets. Rotate the and remove the external power source.
MKR VOL control to determine proper operation.
97-222. MARKER BEACON SYSTEM —
6. Depress the M switch on the marker beacon TROUBLESHOOTING
tester. Check the yellow lamp on the indicator(s)
illuminates and a 1300 Hz tone is audible in the pilot Make sure that the appropriate circuit breakers are
and copilot headsets. closed and the interconnecting cables are in normal
condition. Refer to Table 97-12 and the appropriate
7. Depress the A switch on the marker beacon wiring diagram when troubleshooting. Perform checks
tester. Check the white lamp on the indicator(s) as necessary to isolate trouble.

Table 97-12. Marker Beacon System — Troubleshooting

TROUBLE INDICATION PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

No indication on either marker Defective marker beacon receiver Replace marker beacon receiver
beacon indicator when test (S/N 33001 through 33100). (S/N 33001 through 33100).
switch is depressed.

Defective marker beacon circuitry Replace VHF NAV receiver No. 1


in VHF NAV receiver No. 1 (S/N 33101 through 36086 and
(S/N 33101 through 36086 and 36087 and subsequent).
36087 and subsequent).

Defective wiring. Repair or replace wiring.

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 135
BHT-412-MM-11

Table 97-12. Marker Beacon System — Troubleshooting (Cont)

TROUBLE INDICATION PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

No marker beacon audio Defective NAV AUDIO control Replace NAV AUDIO control panel.
signals heard in one headset panel.
(pilot or copilot); indications on
both marker beacon indicators
normal.

Defective wiring. Repair or replace wiring.

No marker beacon audio Defective audio circuits in marker Replace marker beacon receiver
signals heard in either pilot or beacon receiver (S/N 33001 (S/N 33001 through 33100).
copilot headset; indications on through 33100).
both marker beacon indicators
normal.

Defective marker beacon circuitry Replace VHF NAV receiver No. 1


in VHF NAV receiver No. 1 (S/N (S/N 33101 through 36086 and
33101 through 36086 and 36087 36087 and subsequent).
and subsequent).

Defective NAV AUDIO control Replace NAV AUDIO control panel.


panel.

Defective audio wiring. Repair or replace wiring.

Marker beacon audio signals Defective marker beacon receiver Replace marker beacon receiver
heard in both headsets; no (S/N 33001 through 33100). (S/N 33001 through 33100).
indication on marker beacon
indicator(s).

Defective marker beacon circuitry Replace VHF NAV receiver No. 1


in VHF NAV receiver No. 1 (S/N (S/N 33101 through 36086 and
33101 through 36086 and 36087 36087 and subsequent).
and subsequent).

Defective marker beacon indicator. Replace marker beacon indicator.

Defective wiring. Repair or replace wiring.

Marker beacon audio signals Defective lamp in indicator. Replace applicable lamp.
normal; no indication on any
one light (white, blue or amber)
on marker beacon indicator(s).

Defective wiring. Repair or replace wiring.

97-00-00
Page 136 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

97-223. MARKER BEACON SYSTEM — REMOVAL 97-227. Marker Beacon Antenna


PROCEDURES
1. Remove the antenna mounting screws from the
base of the antenna.
WARNING
2. Lower the antenna from the helicopter skin until
the antenna connector can be reached.
MAKE SURE ELECTRICAL POWER IS
OFF. 3. Disconnect the antenna cable connector and
remove the antenna.
97-224. Marker Beacon Receiver (S/N 33001
through 33100)
97-228. MARKER BEACON SYSTEM —
INSTALLATION PROCEDURES
1. Disconnect the electrical and antenna connectors
from the front of the receiver and protect open ends
with electrical tape and caps.
WARNING
2. Loosen the knurled retainer nut on the front of the
mounting rack until the holddown clamp can be
slipped off the lug on the front of the receiver. MAKE SURE ELECTRICAL POWER IS
OFF.

3. Slide the receiver out of its mount. 97-229. Marker Beacon Receiver (S/N 33001
through 33100)
97-225. VHF NAV Receiver No. 1 (S/N 33101
through 36086 and 36087 and 1. Position the receiver on the mount and slide the
Subsequent) receiver into place.

1. Disconnect the electrical and antenna connectors 2. Place the holddown clamp of the mount over the
from the front of the receiver and protect open ends lug on the front of the receiver.
with electrical tape and caps.
3. Tighten the knurled retainer nut until the receiver
2. Loosen the knurled retainer nut on the front of the is secure.
mounting rack until the holddown clamp can be
slipped off the lug on the front of the receiver.
4. Remove the protective tape and caps from the
antenna and electrical connectors and connect to the
3. Slide the receiver out of its mount. front of the receiver.

97-226. NAV AUDIO Control Panel 97-230. VHF NAV Receiver No. 1 (S/N 33101
through 36086 and 36087 and
1. Loosen the spring lock fasteners that secure the Subsequent)
NAV AUDIO control panel to the pedestal assembly.
1. Position the receiver on the mount and carefully
2. Lift the NAV AUDIO control panel far enough out slide the receiver into place.
of the pedestal assembly to reach and disconnect the
electrical connector from the back of the NAV AUDIO 2. Position the holddown clamp of the mount over
control panel. the lug on the front of the receiver.

3. Lift the NAV AUDIO control panel free of the 3. Tighten the knurled retainer nut until the receiver
pedestal assembly. is secure.

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 137
BHT-412-MM-11

4. Remove the protective tape and caps from the 5. Inspect the cable connections for corroded or
electrical and antenna connectors and connect to the bent pins and proper mating and the interconnecting
front of the receiver. cables for frayed or broken insulation.

97-231. NAV AUDIO Control Panel 6. Inspect the circuit breakers for proper operation.

1. Connect the electrical connectors to the back of 97-234. MARKER BEACON SYSTEM —
the NAV AUDIO control panel. CLEANING PROCEDURES

2. Position the NAV AUDIO control panel in place on 1. Remove moisture and loose dirt with a clean, soft
the pedestal. cloth.

3. Secure the NAV AUDIO control panel to the 2. Remove dust and dirt from the panel, panel
pedestal assembly with the spring lock fasteners. controls, antennas, and receiver with a soft, clean
cloth.
97-232. Marker Beacon Antenna

1. Connect the antenna cable connector to the WARNING


antenna receptacle.

2. Position the antenna in place on the helicopter. CLEANING COMPOUND FUMES ARE
TOXIC AND FLAMMABLE.
3. Secure the antenna with the mounting screws. 3. Remove grease, fungus, and ground-in dirt with a
soft, clean cloth dampened with an approved cleaning
97-233. MARKER BEACON SYSTEM — compound.
INSPECTION PROCEDURES
4. Remove dirt from the connectors with a soft
1. Inspect the system components for bristle brush. Remove moisture with a dry cloth.
completeness, proper installation, cleanliness, and
proper mounting. 97-235. MARKER BEACON SYSTEM — REPAIR
OR REPLACEMENT
2. Inspect the controls and indicator on the NAV
AUDIO control panel for proper operation and 1. Tighten or replace loose or broken knobs.
mounting.
2. Replace defective or inoperative units.
3. Inspect the receiver for proper mounting.
3. Further repairs, other than removal and
4. Inspect the antennas and mountings for replacement, must be conducted by an authorized
corrosion, dents, cracks, and breaks. repair facility.

97-00-00
Page 138 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

RADAR ALTIMETER NAVIGATION SYSTEM

97-236. RADAR ALTIMETER NAVIGATION 1. Rotate the DH SET knob on the radar altimeter to
SYSTEM set the DH index to 2 (200 feet). Close the RDR ALTM
circuit breaker. The indicator pointer should
The radar altimeter system is optional equipment that immediately mask. After approximately 35 seconds
consists of a receiver-transmitter, indicator (altimeter), warmup, the red power OFF flag on the indicator
and two antennas, one transmit and one receive.
should mask, DH annunciator should illuminate, and
indicator pointer should indicate 0 (±50) feet. If this
The radar altimeter is a high resolution absolute
accuracy is not indicated, allow a 2 minute stabilization
altitude indicating system with a range of 0 to
1500 feet. The indicator has, in addition to the altitude period and adjust zero height control located in the
display, a red power OFF warning flag, a TEST switch upper right corner on the aft side of the
(button) for confidence testing, a Decision Height (DH) receiver-transmitter as mounted in the helicopter, by
knob for setting a DH index, and a DH warning removing the hole-plug and adjusting the control for a
annunciator. Two antennas are used to allow pointer indication of 0 (±5) feet.
simultaneous reception and transmission.

The radar altimeter is powered by the No. 1 bus with 2. Depress and hold the TEST button on the
28 VDC through the RDR ALTM circuit breaker. indicator. The pointer should indicate 100 (±20) feet,
DH annunciator remain lighted, and power OFF flag
97-237. RADAR ALTIMETER NAVIGATION appear.
SYSTEM — FUNCTIONAL TEST

3. Release the TEST button. The pointer should


97-238. Preliminary Test Procedures
return to 0 (±5) feet, DH annunciator remain lighted,
1. Visually inspect the equipment to detect and and power OFF flag mask.
correct any faulty mechanical mountings and electrical
connections.
NOTE
2. Connect an external power source adjusted to On the indicator, the DH index may be set
27.5 VDC to the helicopter external power receptacle. to below 0 feet to deactivate the DH
function and annunciator.

WARNING 4. Set the DH index below zero and observe the DH


annunciator extinguishes.

DO NOT ENERGIZE THE SYSTEM WITH


5. Turn off all equipment, open all circuit breakers,
TRANSMIT ANTENNA DISCONNECTED.
and disconnect the external power source.
3. Energize the power buses per paragraph 97-4 or
paragraph 97-5, as applicable. 97-240. RADAR ALTIMETER NAVIGATION
SYSTEM — TROUBLESHOOTING
97-239. Test Procedures
Make sure the appropriate circuit breakers are closed
NOTE and the interconnecting cabling is in normal condition.
Positioning the DH SET knob to X Refer to Table 97-13 and the appropriate wiring
deactivates the DH function and DH diagram when troubleshooting. Perform checks as
warning annunciator. necessary to isolate trouble.

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 139
BHT-412-MM-11

Table 97-13. Radar Altimeter Navigation System — Troubleshooting

TROUBLE INDICATION PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

Power OFF flag remains in Defective radar altimeter Replace radar altimeter
view with pointer remaining in receiver-transmitter. receiver-transmitter.
zero position after warmup.

Defective radar altimeter indicator. Replace radar altimeter indicator.

Defective power wiring. Repair or replace wiring.

Power OFF flag in view with Defective radar altimeter Replace radar altimeter
pointer behind the mask after receiver-transmitter. receiver-transmitter.
warmup.

Defective radar altimeter antennas. Replace radar altimeter antennas


(one or both).

Defective coaxial cables or Repair or replace coaxial cables or


connectors. connectors.

Pointer remains behind mask Defective radar altimeter Replace radar altimeter
but responds correctly to receiver-transmitter. receiver-transmitter.
depressed TEST button
condition.

Defective coaxial cable or antenna. Replace radar altimeter antennas


(one or both) or cable(s).

NOTE
TEST button tolerance is 100 (±20)
feet.

Pointer fails to respond, or Defective radar altimeter Replace radar altimeter


responds incorrectly, to the receiver-transmitter. receiver-transmitter.
TEST condition, after power
OFF flag is masked from view.

Defective radar altimeter indicator. Replace radar altimeter indicator.

Defective wiring. Replace or repair wiring.

Indicator shows TEST altitude Defective radar altimeter indicator. Replace radar altimeter indicator.
at all times.

Defective radar altimeter Replace radar altimeter


receiver-transmitter. receiver-transmitter.

97-00-00
Page 140 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

Table 97-13. Radar Altimeter Navigation System — Troubleshooting (Cont)

TROUBLE INDICATION PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

NOTE
Ground test tolerance is ±5 feet.
(This may be adjusted with zero
height control located on top of
receiver-transmitter.)

Altimeter pointer reading out of Defective radar altimeter Replace radar altimeter
tolerance. All other indication receiver-transmitter. receiver-transmitter.
normal.

Defective radar altimeter indicator. Replace radar altimeter indicator.

Low warning lamp inoperative. Defective radar altimeter indicator Replace radar altimeter indicator.
(DH SET knob not positioned or lamp.
X.)

Defective wiring. Repair or replace wiring.

97-241. RADAR ALTIMETER NAVIGATION 97-243. Radar Altimeter Indicator


SYSTEM — REMOVAL PROCEDURES
NOTE

WARNING Access may be gained through the upper


nose access door.

1. Disconnect the cable connector from the


MAKE SURE ELECTRICAL POWER IS
receptacle on the rear of the indicator.
OFF.

97-242. Radar Altimeter Receiver-Transmitter 2. Loosen the mounting clamp and remove the
indicator from the instrument panel.
1. Disconnect the electrical and two antenna
connectors from the receiver-transmitter and protect 97-244. Radar Altimeter Antenna
with caps and electrical tape.

2. Remove the screws that secure the NOTE


receiver-transmitter to its mounting inserts in the aft
The following procedure is for the forward
compartment bulkhead.
or the aft radar altimeter antenna.

3. Remove the receiver-transmitter. 1. Remove the screws attaching the tailboom


access panel.

2. Lower the access panel and disconnect the


antenna connector.

3. Remove the screws that attach the antenna to its


panel and remove antenna.

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 141
BHT-412-MM-11

97-245. RADAR ALTIMETER NAVIGATION 97-249. RADAR ALTIMETER NAVIGATION


SYSTEM — INSTALLATION SYSTEM — INSPECTION PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
1. Inspect the electrical connectors for corrosion,
breakage, and proper mating.
WARNING
2. Inspect the interconnecting cables for frayed or
broken insulation and the circuit breakers for proper
MAKE SURE ELECTRICAL POWER IS operation.
OFF.
3. Inspect the receiver-transmitter for security of
97-246. Radar Altimeter Receiver-Transmitter mounting.
1. Position the receiver-transmitter in place
(electrical connectors down) on the mounting inserts in 4. Inspect the indicator for damage and proper
the aft compartment bulkhead and install the mounting mounting.
screws.
5. Inspect the antennas for corrosion, dents, cracks,
2. Connect the electrical and two antenna and breaks.
connectors to the receiver-transmitter.
97-250. RADAR ALTIMETER NAVIGATION
97-247. Radar Altimeter Indicator SYSTEM — CLEANING PROCEDURES

1. Carefully position the indicator in the instrument 1. Remove moisture and loose dirt with a clean, dry,
panel and tighten the screw of the mounting clamp. soft cloth.

2. Remove dust and dirt from the indicator,


CAUTION receiver-transmitter, and antennas with a soft, clean
cloth.

E X CE S S I V E C LA M P T E NS I O N MAY
D E F O R M I N D I C ATO R A N D C A U S E WARNING
ERRONEOUS READING.

2. Connect the cable connector to the receptacle on


the rear of the indicator. CLEANING COMPOUND FUMES ARE
FLAMMABLE AND TOXIC.
97-248. Radar Altimeter Antenna
3. Remove grease, fungus, and ground-in dirt with a
soft cloth dampened with an approved cleaning
NOTE compound.

The following procedure is for the forward


4. Remove dirt from the connectors with a soft
or the aft radar altimeter antenna.
bristle brush.
1. Position the antenna in place on the access panel
and install the mounting screws. 97-251. RADAR ALTIMETER NAVIGATION
SYSTEM — REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT
2. Lift the panel into the approximate position and
connect the antenna connector. 1. Tighten or replace loose or cracked DH SET knob
on indicator.
3. Position the access panel in place and install the
mounting screws. 2. Replace defective or damaged indicator.

97-00-00
Page 142 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

3. Tighten or reinstall loose or improperly installed 4. Further repairs, other than removal and
receiver-transmitter or antenna. replacement, must be conducted at an authorized
repair shop.

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 143/144
BHT-412-MM-11

DME NAVIGATION SYSTEM

97-252. DME NAVIGATION SYSTEM (WHEN 97-254. Preliminary Test Procedures


INSTALLED)
1. Visually inspect the equipment to detect and
connect any faulty mechanical mountings and
The DME navigation system is optional equipment that
electrical connections.
consists of a receiver-transmitter, a DME (master)
indicator, and an antenna.
2. Connect an external power source, adjusted to
27.5 VDC, to the helicopter external power receptacle.
The DME navigation system is powered from 28 VDC
bus No. 1 through the DME circuit breaker. The
system is energized with the NAV No. 1 or NAV No. 2 3. Energize the power buses per paragraph 97-4
control panels. (S/N 33001 through 33100) or paragraph 97-5
(S/N 33101 through 36086 and 36087 and
subsequent).
The DME navigation system displays digital readouts
of NAUTICAL MILES to or from selected VORTAC
97-255. Test Procedures
station, ground speed in knots, and time-to-station in
minutes. The DME indicator has a four-position switch
1. Energize the system by setting the
to provide OFF, N1, HLD, and N2 functions. The OFF
OFF/N1/HLD/N2 selector to N1. Check the indicator
position provides power control. The N1 (NAV 1) and
displays dashes, and a 1 is displayed to indicate
N2 (NAV 2) provides a dual channeling source and
NAV 1 has been selected as the channeling source.
causes indicator to display 1 or 2 to indicate which
NAV system channels the DME. An HLD (hold)
function allows last channel selected to be held, even 2. Select a frequency of 108.0 MHz (ATC- 600A) or
when the frequency of both NAV channels has been 109.4 MHz (T-11A) on the NAV 1 control.
changed. Also, an H1 or H2 is displayed to indicate
channel being held. 3. On the NAV AUDIO control panel, rotate the
DME/VOL control fully clockwise. On the pilot and
copilot intercom control, set the DME receiver audio
The DME indicator displays dashes while in search or,
switch to ON.
if input power has been momentarily interrupted, while
in frequency hold mode.
4. Turn on the test set and position the tester 2 to
3 feet from the helicopter DME antenna on ATC-600A,
The DME audio is connected through the DME volume set the SQTR/OFF switch to SQTR.
control on the NAV AUDIO control panel to the DME
receiver audio control switch of the pilot and copilot
5. Set the test set to 97-N/M. When using IFR
intercom controls.
ATC-600A tester, position the RANGE/VELOCITY
switch to RANGE and actuate the FAST and SLOW
97-253. DME NAVIGATION SYSTEM — slewing switches until 097.0 NMi is displayed in the
FUNCTIONAL TEST ATC-600A display window. Observe the helicopter
DME indicator displays 97 (±5) NM and a tone is
audible in the pilot and copilot headsets. Also, check
SPECIAL TOOLS REQUIRED the tone can be shut off with the DME switch on the
pilot and copilot ICS controls.

NUMBER NOMENCLATURE
NOTE
TIC Type T-11A or DME Ramp Tester The TIC T-11A test set is broadbanded and
Equivalent operates within 8 to 10 DME channels of
nominal. Consequently, when using the
IFR Type ATC-600A DME and Transponder
T-11A, if proper indications are not
Test Set
observed, it may be necessary to select

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 145
BHT-412-MM-11

adjacent DME channels on the NAV 9. Select a frequency of 115.7 MHz (T-11A) or
control. 108.0 MHz (ATC-600A) on the NAV 2 control, (when
installed).
6. Set the test set to 30-N/M. Observe the DME
10. On the DME indicator, set selector switch to N2.
indicator displays 30 (±2) NM.
Check the indicator displays 5 (±1) NM, and H2 is
displayed to indicate that NAV 2 has been selected as
the channeling source.
NOTE
When using the IFR ATC-600A tester, 11. Set the test set to 97-N/M. Observe the DME
position the DME RANGE/VELOCITY indicator displays 97 (±5) NM, and a tone is audible in
switch to RANGE and actuate the FAST the pilot headset.
and SLOW slewing switches to obtain
desired distance. 12. Cover the photocell on the DME indicator, and
observe display dims.

7. Set the test set to 5-N/M. Observe the DME


97-256. DME NAVIGATION SYSTEM —
indicator displays 5 (±1) NM. TROUBLESHOOTING

8. On the DME indicator, set the selector switch to Make sure that the appropriate circuit breakers are
closed and the interconnecting cabling is in normal
HLD, and change the frequency on the NAV 1 control
condition. Refer to Table 97-14 and the appropriate
to 108.0 MHz. Observe the DME indicator continues to DME navigation system wiring diagram when
display 5 (±1) NM, and H1 is displayed to indicate the troubleshooting. Perform checks as necessary to
channeling source being held. isolate trouble.

Table 97-14. DME Navigation System — Troubleshooting

TROUBLE INDICATION PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

No DME audio heard in either Defective circuit breaker. Replace circuit breaker.
pilot or copilot headset, DME
indicator inoperative.

Defective DME receiver-transmitter. Replace DME receiver-transmitter.

Defective wiring. Repair or replace wiring.

No DME audio heard in one Defective respective NAV AUDIO Replace NAV AUDIO control panel.
headset (DME mixing switch in control panel.
ON position) DME indicator
operation normal.

Defective wiring. Repair or replace wiring.

No DME audio heard in either Defective NAV AUDIO control Replace NAV AUDIO control panel.
pilot or copilot headset. DME panel.
indicator operation normal.

Defective DME receiver-transmitter. Replace DME receiver-transmitter.

Defective audio wiring. Repair or replace wiring.

97-00-00
Page 146 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

Table 97-14. DME Navigation System — Troubleshooting (Cont)

TROUBLE INDICATION PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

DME indicator does not lock on Defective DME indicator. Replace DME indicator.
to station in either OMNI 1 or 2
switch position.

Defective DME receiver-transmitter. Replace DME receiver-transmitter.

Defective DME antenna or coaxial Replace DME antenna; repair or


cable. replace coaxial cable.

Defective wiring. Repair or replace wiring.

DME indicator does not lock on Defective selector switch on DME Replace DME indicator.
in OMNI 1 or 2 position, but indicator.
operation normal (searches,
locks on, and tracks) in other
OMNI position.

Defective respective NAV control Replace NAV control panel.


panel.

Defective wiring. Repair or replace wiring.

DME indicator locks on and Defective DME receiver-transmitter. Replace DME receiver-transmitter.
tracks normally at certain
distances, then goes into
search in both OMNI positions.

Defective DME antenna or coax Replace DME antenna; repair or


cable. replace coax cable.

DME indicator does not display Defective DME indicator. Replace DME indicator.
correct ground speed (KTS
position selected) and/or
time-to-station (TTS position
selected).

Defective DME receiver-transmitter. Replace DME receiver-transmitter.

97-257. DMS NAVIGATION SYSTEM — 97-258. DME Receiver-Transmitter


REMOVAL PROCEDURES
1. Disconnect the electrical and antenna connectors
from the front of the receiver-transmitter and protect
open ends with electrical tape and caps.
WARNING
2. Loosen the knurled retainer nuts on the front of
the mounting rack until the holddown clamps can be
MAKE SURE ELECTRICAL POWER IS slipped off the lugs on the front of the
OFF. receiver-transmitter.

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 147
BHT-412-MM-11

3. Slide the receiver-transmitter out of its mount. 2. Lower the antenna from the helicopter skin until
the antenna connector can be reached.
97-259. NAV Control Panel (S/N 33001 through
33100) 3. Disconnect the antenna cable connector and
remove the antenna.
1. Loosen the spring lock fasteners that secure the
control panel to the pedestal assembly. 97-263. DME NAVIGATION SYSTEM —
INSTALLATION PROCEDURES
2. Lift the control panel far enough out of the
pedestal assembly to reach and disconnect the
electrical connector. WARNING

3. Lift the control panel free of the pedestal


assembly. MAKE SURE ELECTRICAL POWER IS
OFF.
97-260. NAV Control Panel (S/N 33101 through
36086 and 36087 and Subsequent) 97-264. DME Receiver-Transmitter

1. Loosen the spring lock fasteners that secure the 1. Position the receiver-transmitter on the mount
control panel mounting plate assembly to the pedestal and slide the receiver into place.
assembly.
2. Place the holddown clamps of the mount over the
2. Lift the control panel mounting plate assembly lugs on the front of the receiver-transmitter.
and control unit(s) far enough out of the pedestal
assembly to reach and disconnect the electrical 3. Tighten the knurled retainer nuts until the
connector(s) at the back of the unit(s). receiver-transmitter is secure.

3. Lift the control panel mounting plate assembly 4. Remove the protective tape and caps from the
and control unit(s) free of the pedestal assembly. electrical connectors and connect to the front of the
receiver-transmitter.
4. Loosen the screws and nuts that secure the
control unit to the control panel mounting plate 97-265. NAV Control Panel (S/N 33001 through
assembly. 33100)

5. Lift the control unit free of the control panel 1. Connect the electrical connector to the back of
mounting plate assembly. the control panel.

97-261. NAV AUDIO Control Panel 2. Position the control panel in place on the
pedestal.
1. Loosen the spring lock fasteners that secure the
control panel to the pedestal assembly. 3. Secure the control panel to the pedestal
assembly with the spring lock fasteners.
2. Lift the control panel far enough out of the
pedestal assembly to reach and disconnect the 97-266. NAV Control Panel (S/N 33101 through
electrical connector from the back of the control panel. 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent)

3. Lift the control panel free of the pedestal 1. Position the control unit in the control panel
assembly. mounting plate assembly and secure with the
mounting screws and nuts.
97-262. DME Antenna
2. Connect the electrical connector(s) to the back of
1. Remove the screws that secure the antenna. the control unit(s).

97-00-00
Page 148 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

3. Position the control panel mounting plate 6. Inspect the antenna and the mounting for
assembly and control unit(s) in place on the pedestal corrosion, dents, cracks, and breaks.
and secure with the spring lock fasteners.
7. Inspect the electrical connections for corroded or
97-267. NAV AUDIO Control Panel bent pins and proper mating.

1. Connect the electrical connector to the back of 8. Inspect the interconnecting cables for frayed or
the control panel. broken insulation.

2. Position the control panel in place in the pedestal 9. Inspect the circuit breakers for proper operation.
assembly.
97-270. DME NAVIGATION SYSTEM — CLEANING
3. Secure the control panel to the pedestal with the PROCEDURES
spring lock fasteners.
1. Remove moisture and loose dirt with a clean, soft
cloth.
97-268. DME Antenna

2. Remove dust and dirt from the panel, panel


1. Connect the antenna cable to the antenna
controls, antenna, and receiver-transmitter with a soft,
receptacle.
clean cloth.

2. Position the antenna in place on the helicopter


skin.
WARNING

3. Secure the antenna with the mounting screws.


CLEANING COMPOUND FUMES ARE
FLAMMABLE AND TOXIC.
97-269. DME NAVIGATION SYSTEM —
INSPECTION PROCEDURES
3. Remove grease, fungus, and ground-in dirt with a
soft cloth dampened with an approved cleaning
1. Inspect the DME system components for compound.
completeness, proper installation, cleanliness, and
security of mounting.
4. Remove dirt from the connectors with a soft
bristle brush. Remove moisture with a dry cloth.
2. Inspect the switches and controls on the DME
indicator and controls on the NAV control panels for
97-271. DME NAVIGATION SYSTEM — REPAIR
proper mechanical action.
OR REPLACEMENT

3. Inspect the DME indicator to ensure good 1. Tighten or replace loose or cracked control knobs
condition and that the glass is clean and not cracked on the DME indicator, NAV control, or NAV AUDIO
or damaged. control panels.

4. Inspect the control panels to ensure the panel 2. Replace defective or inoperative units.
lights illuminate when the power is on.

3. Further repair, other than removal and


5. Inspect the receiver-transmitter for proper replacement, must be conducted at an authorized
mounting. repair facility.

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 149/150
BHT-412-MM-11

AVIONICS SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS

97-272. AVIONICS SYSTEM WIRING The code or wire number indicates the circuit function,
DIAGRAMS wire number, wire segment letter and the wire size of
the conductor. Identification of wires may be
This chapter contains wiring diagrams for each of the accomplished by using the wiring identification code
avionics systems that may be installed in the Bell figure in Chapter 98.
Models 412/412EP helicopter (Figure 97-7 through
Figure 97-26). Individual circuit diagrams are provided 97-274. USE OF UNDERLINED CAPITAL LETTERS
to assist maintenance personnel in understanding the
circuits and components installed in the helicopter and Many letters have similar upper case and lower case
in troubleshooting and tracing of inoperative and forms. To eliminate this possible source of error in
malfunctioning circuits and components. identifying connector pin designations, underlined
upper case (Capital) letters (A, B, C, etc.) are used to
97-273. WIRING DIAGRAMS signify the lower case pin letters (a, b, c, etc).

All wires on the wiring diagrams are identified by codes


exactly as they are marked in the helicopter.

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 151
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-7. Intercommunication System (ICS) Wiring Diagram (S/N 33001 through 33100)
(Sheet 1 of 3)

97-00-00
Page 152 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-7. Intercommunication System (ICS) Wiring Diagram (S/N 33001 through 33100)
(Sheet 2 of 3)

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 153
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-7. Intercommunication System (ICS) Wiring Diagram (S/N 33001 through 33100)
(Sheet 3 of 3)

97-00-00
Page 154 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

SEE VIEW H

P P

SEE VIEW A

SEE VIEW J SEE VIEW B

SEE VIEW H
SEE VIEW G

P
P

412_MM_97_0003a_c01
412-077-043M

Figure 97-8. Intercommunication System (ICS) Wiring Diagram (S/N 33101 through 36086 and
36087 through 36637 (Sheet 1 of 5)

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 155
BHT-412-MM-11

1 1VHF-21A24

1 2VHF-21A24

P
P

6 ADF-11A24

W44A22 8
DME-17A24

DME-17B24 7
DME-21A24
1 2VHF-3A24 (BLU) P
P P
2 2AUD-35B22
P P

1 2VHF-3A24 (WHT)

412_MM_97_0003b_c01
412-077-043M

Figure 97-8. Intercommunication System (ICS) Wiring Diagram (S/N 33101 through 36086 and
36087 through 36637 (Sheet 2 of 5)

97-00-00
Page 156 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

SEE VIEW D

P
P
P P P

SEE VIEW C

W43A22 P P P
8 5
4 2 NAV-14A24

SEE VIEW E

3AUD-34D24 1 2AUD-34B22
P P P

P
1 1 VHF-3A24 (BLU) 1 NAV-14A24 3

P P P

1 1 VHF-3A24 (WHT)

1 VHF-13C20
1 1 VHF-13E20
1 VHF-13D20
3 1 MKR-11A24

412_MM_97_0003c
412-077-043M

Figure 97-8. Intercommunication System (ICS) Wiring Diagram (S/N 33101 through 36086 and
36087 through 36637 (Sheet 3 of 5)

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 157
BHT-412-MM-11

10

SEE VIEW F

412_MM_97_0003d
412-077-043M

Figure 97-8. Intercommunication System (ICS) Wiring Diagram (S/N 33101 through 36086 and
36087 through 36637 (Sheet 4 of 5)

97-00-00
Page 158 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-8. Intercommunication System (ICS) Wiring Diagram (S/N 33101 through 36086 and
36087 through 36637 (Sheet 5 of 5)

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 7 NOV 2016 Rev. 25 Page 159
BHT-412-MM-11

F O R C O N T I N U A T IO N
SEE SHEET 2 1

2 A U D – 1 2B 20 4
2 A U D – 1 1 A 20N

N D 1 01
8

3 1
9
2
6
4
3

1 A U D – 1 2 C 20
1 A U D – 1 1 A 20N

N D 1 04

2 7

2
1

7
R P M L I MIT
WARNING F O R C O N T I N U A T IO N
8Z1 SEE SHEET 2
8Z1P3
2
A U D IO B W 4 4 A 22
1
A U D IO C W 4 3 A 22

412-075-066-T 412-077-043-Y 412-477-127-B 412_MM_97_0007a_c01

Figure 97-9. Intercommunication System (ICS) Wiring Diagram (S/N 36638 through 36999)
(Sheet 1 of 5)

97-00-00
Page 160 Rev. 25 7 NOV 2016 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

F O R C O N T I N U A T IO N
SEE SHEET 1
1

2 A U D – 1 2B 20

3
7

1 A U D - 1A 22 W H T GRN 1
1 A U D - 1 A 22B LU RED 3
2
4

C O P I L O T C Y C LIC K
STICK
8

F O R C O N T I N U A T IO N
SEE SHEET 1
2 1
F O R C O N T I N U A T IO N
SEE SHEET 3
2

412_MM_97_0007b_c01

Figure 97-9. Intercommunication System (ICS) Wiring Diagram (S/N 36638 through 36999)
(Sheet 2 of 5)

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 7 NOV 2016 Rev. 25 Page 161
BHT-412-MM-11

ICS AUDIO PANEL AFT RH


1
F O R C O N T I N U A T IO N
SEE SHEET 4

4 A U D – 1 2B 20
4 A U D – 1 1 A 20N

N D 1 05
9 9

24J1
9 9
K

7 7 7
7

2 2 2

8 8 8 8
7 7 7

1 A U D – 6 5A 22

1 A U D – 1 2 C 20 1 A U D – 1 2B 20

4 4 4
4

4
F W D C A B IN R O O F
2
2301WT6
2 A U D - 1 A 22B LU RED 3
2 A U D - 1A 22 W H T GRN 1 A U D - 0 1 7A 22N J
P I L O T C Y C LIC K
STICK
C A B IN P A S Y S T E M
2340A1
2340A1P1

A U D - 0 1 2 A 22 W H T 6 HEADSET 1 HI
A U D - 0 1 2 A 22 B LU 2 5 H E A D S E T 1 LO
1
F O R C O N T I N U A T IO N
SEE SHEET 2

2 F O R C O N T I N U A T IO N
SEE SHEET 4
2

412_MM_97_0007c_c01

Figure 97-9. Intercommunication System (ICS) Wiring Diagram (S/N 36638 through 36999)
(Sheet 3 of 5)

97-00-00
Page 162 Rev. 25 7 NOV 2016 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

1
I C S A U D I O P A N E L A F T LH
F O R C O N T I N U A T IO N 1
SEE SHEET 3
F O R C O N T I N U A T IO N
SEE SHEET 5

24J1

J
3 A U D – 1 2A 20
3 A U D – 1 1 A 20N

N D 1 05

A U D - 0 1 6A 22N

C A B IN P A S Y S T E M
2340A1
2340A1P1

A U D - 0 1 5 A 22 W H T 7 HEADSET 2 HI A6 J6 4 A U D – 1 2A 20
A U D - 0 1 5 A 22 B LU 2 6 H E A D S E T 2 LO B6 K6 4 A U D – 1 2B 20
C6 E6 4 A U D – 1 2 C 22
F6 D6 1 A U D – 6 5A 22
G6
H6
F O R C O N T I N U A T IO N
A U D - 0 1 6A 22N SEE SHEET 5

2 2
F O R C O N T I N U A T IO N
SEE SHEET 3
412_MM_97_0007d_c01

Figure 97-9. Intercommunication System (ICS) Wiring Diagram (S/N 36638 through 36999)
(Sheet 4 of 5)

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 7 NOV 2016 Rev. 25 Page 163
BHT-412-MM-11

1
F O R C O N T I N U A T IO N R H C A B IN
SEE SHEET 4 HEADSET

( Y LW )
( B LK ) 4
(WHT) 2
4 A U D - 1 A 22B LU (RED) 3
4 A U D - 1A 22 W H T (GRN) 1

4 A U D - 1 2A 20
3 A U D - 1 2A 20
NOTES

1 REFER TO COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER WIRING DIAGRAM CHAPTER 98.

2 REFER TO VHF COMM NO. 1 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM CHAPTER 97.

3 REFER TO VHF COMM NO. 2 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM CHAPTER 97.

4 REFER TO ADF SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM CHAPTER 97.

5 REFER TO DIGITAL AFCS SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM CHAPTER 98.

6 REFER TO VHF NO. 2 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM CHAPTER 97.

L H C A B IN 7 REFER TO VHF NAV NO. 1 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM CHAPTER 97.


HEADSET

8 REFER TO DME WIRING DIAGRAM CHAPTER 97.


( B LK ) 4
(WHT) 2
3 A U D - 1 A 22B LU (RED) 3 9 REFER TO FLIGHT DATA RECORDER WIRING DIAGRAM CHAPTER 98.
3 A U D - 1A 22 W H T (GRN) 1
( Y LW )

F O R C O N T I N U A T IO N
SEE SHEET 4

412_MM_97_0007e_c01

Figure 97-9. Intercommunication System (ICS) Wiring Diagram (S/N 36638 through 36999)
(Sheet 5 of 5)

97-00-00
Page 164 Rev. 25 7 NOV 2016 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-10. VHF Communication System (KTR-905) Wiring Diagram (S/N 33001 through 33100)
(Sheet 1 of 2)

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 165
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-10. VHF Communication System (KTR-905) Wiring Diagram (S/N 33001 through 33100)
(Sheet 2 of 2)

97-00-00
Page 166 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-11. VHF Communication System (KTR-908) Wiring Diagram (S/N 33101 through
36086 and 36087 and Subsequent) (Sheet 1 of 2)

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 167
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-11. VHF Communication System (KTR-908) Wiring Diagram (S/N 33101 through
36086 and 36087 and Subsequent) (Sheet 2 of 2)

97-00-00
Page 168 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-12. Gyromagnetic Compass System Wiring Diagram (S/N 33001 through 33100)
(Sheet 1 of 2)

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 169
BHT-412-MM-11

S
T

412_MM_97_0016b
212-077-162
Figure 97-12. Gyromagnetic Compass System Wiring Diagram (S/N 33001 through 33100)
(Sheet 2 of 2)

97-00-00
Page 170 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11


1 
3
2 


3 

412_MM_97_0130a
412-077-012L

Figure 97-13. Gyromagnetic Compass System Wiring Diagram (S/N 33101 through 36086
and 36087 through 36247) (Sheet 1 of 4)

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 171
BHT-412-MM-11

412_MM_98_0130b
412-077-013N

Figure 97-13. Gyromagnetic Compass System Wiring Diagram (S/N 33101 through 36086
and 36087 through 36247) (Sheet 2 of 4)

97-00-00
Page 172 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

412_MM_97_0130c
412-077-012M
Figure 97-13. Gyromagnetic Compass System Wiring Diagram (S/N 33101 through 36086 and
36087 through 36247 (Sheet 3 of 4)

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 173
BHT-412-MM-11

412_MM_97_0130d

Figure 97-13. Gyromagnetic Compass System Wiring Diagram (S/N 33101 through 36086 and
36087 through 36247 (Sheet 4 of 4)

97-00-00
Page 174 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-14. ATC Transponder System (KXP-755) Wiring Diagram (S/N 33001 through 33100)

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 175
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-15. ATC Transponder System (KXP-755) Wiring Diagram (S/N 33101 through 36086)

97-00-00
Page 176 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-16. ATC Transponder System (KXP-755) Wiring Diagram (S/N 36087 through 36124)

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 177
BHT-412-MM-11

C629B22 1

C630B22 1

C631B22 1

C632B22 1

C633B22 1
2

C634B22 1

C635B22 1

C636B22 1

C637B22 1

NOTES

1 REFER TO ENCODING ALTIMETER KIT BHT-412-SI-46.

2 REFER TO 4 AXIS FLIGHT DIRECTOR KIT WIRING DIAGRAM. 412_MM_97_0127


412-477-032D

Figure 97-17. ATC Transponder System (KXP-756) Wiring Diagram


(S/N 36125 through 36272 and 36274 and 36275)

97-00-00
Page 178 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-18. VOR/LOC/GS Navigation System(s) (KNR-630/632) (S/N 33001 through 33100)
(Sheet 1 of 5)

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 179
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-18. VOR/LOC/GS Navigation System(s) (KNR-630/632) (S/N 33001 through 33100)
(Sheet 2 of 5)

97-00-00
Page 180 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-18. VOR/LOC/GS Navigation System(s) (KNR-630/632) (S/N 33001 through 33100)
(Sheet 3 of 5)

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 181
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-18. VOR/LOC/GS Navigation System(s) (KNR-630/632) (S/N 33001 through 33100)
(Sheet 4 of 5)

97-00-00
Page 182 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

412_MM_97_0004e
212-077-171C

Figure 97-18. VOR/LOC/GS Navigation System(s) (KNR-630/632) (S/N 33001 through 33100)
(Sheet 5 of 5)

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 183
BHT-412-MM-11

N A V N O . 1 R E C E IV E R

F O R C O N T I N U A T IO N
RIGHT OMIN ANTENNA SEE SHEET 2

NAV NO. 1 CONTROL PANEL

L E F T O M IN A N T E N N A

N A V A N T E N N A C O U P LE R

G LI D E S LO P E A N T E N N A

G L I D E S L O P E A N T E N N A C O U P LE R

NAV AUDIO CONTROL PANEL

MARKER BEACON ANTENNA

SEE VIEW C

412-077-007-P 412-705-009-U 412_MM_97_0017a_c01

Figure 97-19. VHF NAV System No. 1 (KNR-634/634A) Wiring Diagram (S/N 33101 through 36086 and
36087 and Subsequent) (Sheet 1 of 6)

97-00-00
Page 184 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

F O R C O N T I N U A T IO N F O R C O N T I N U A T IO N
SEE SHEET 1 SEE SHEET 3

1 2

P I L O T M A R K E R B E A C O N IN D IC A T O R

C O P I L O T M A R K E R B E A C O N IN D IC A T O R

SEE VIEW A SEE VIEW B 412_MM_97_0017b

Figure 97-19. VHF NAV System No. 1 Wiring Diagram (KNR-634/634A) S/N 33101 through 36086 and
36087 and Subsequent (Sheet 2 of 6)

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 185
BHT-412-MM-11

F O R C O N T I N U A T IO N
F O R C O N T I N U A T IO N SEE SHEET 4
SEE SHEET 2 P I L O T H O R I Z O N T A L S I T U A T IO N IN D IC A T O R 3
2
P I L O T N A V B E A R IN G
POINTER SWITCH

L 1 2 N A V - 1 2 D 22 W H T

P
1 2 N A V - 1 2 D 22 B LU

D
1

COURSE SET
SWITCH

C O P I L O T N A V B E A R IN G
POINTER SWITCH

K 1 2 N A V - 1 2 E 22 W H T

N 1 2 N A V - 1 2 E 22 B LU

412_MM_97_0017c

Figure 97-19. VHF NAV System No. 1 Wiring Diagram (KNR-634/634A) S/N 33101 through 36086 and
36087 and Subsequent (Sheet 3 of 6)

97-00-00
Page 186 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

F O R C O N T I N U A T IO N
SEE SHEET 3

3
C O P I L O T H O R IZ O N T A L
I N D IC A T O R
C O U R S E S E T R E LA Y

MKR BCN

NAV 1

C P L T H S I 115

C P L T H S I 26

C O U R S E S E T R E LA Y

P L T H S I 115

P L T H S I 26

412_MM_97_0017d_c01

Figure 97-19. VHF NAV System No. 1 Wiring Diagram (KNR-634/634A) S/N 33101 through 36086 and
36087 and Subsequent (Sheet 4 of 6)

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 187
BHT-412-MM-11

FWD PEDESTAL RH

F W D P E D E S T A L LH

VIEW A 1
VIEW B 2

412_MM_97_0017e_c01

Figure 97-19. VHF NAV System No. 1 Wiring Diagram (KNR-634/634A) S/N 33101 through 36086 and
36087 and Subsequent (Sheet 5 of 6)

97-00-00
Page 188 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

N A V N O . 1 R E C E IV E R

C O U R S E S E LE C T I N D IC A T O R

1NAV-17A24 WHT
1NAV-17B22 VIO
1NAV-17A24 BLU
1NAV-17B22 BLU

1NAV-28A24 WHT
1NAV-28B22 VIO
1NAV-28A24 BLU
1NAV-28B22 BLU
NOTES
2
1 REFER TO VHF NAV SYSTEM NO. 2

2 REFER TO ELECTRONIC FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS SYSTEM.


VIEW C 3
3 REFER TO INTERCOMMUNICATION SYSTEM (ICS).
EFIS CONFIGURATION ONLY
4 SEE SHEET 1.

EFFECTIVITY
1 S/N 36037 AND SUBSEQUENT.

2 S/N 36087 AND SUBSEQUENT.

3 S/N 36087 AND SUBSEQUENT (EFIS CONFIGURATION)

412_MM_97_0017f

Figure 97-19. VHF NAV System No. 1 Wiring Diagram (KNR-634/634A) S/N 33101 through 36086 and
36087 and Subsequent (Sheet 6 of 6)

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 189/190
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-20. VHF NAV System No. 2 (KNR-634) Wiring Diagram


(S/N 33101 through 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent (Sheet 1 of 2)

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 191
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-20. VHF NAV System No. 2 (KNR-634) Wiring Diagram


(S/N 33101 through 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent (Sheet 2 of 2)

97-00-00
Page 192 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-21. VHF Navigation System (KDF-805) Wiring Diagram (S/N 33001 through 33100)

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 193
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-22. ADF Navigation System (KDF-806) Wiring Diagram


(S/N 33101 through 36086 and 36087 and Subsequent

97-00-00
Page 194 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-23. Marker Beacon System (KMR-675) Wiring Diagram (S/N 33001 through 33100)

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 195
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-24. Radar Altimeter Navigation System (RA-235) Wiring Diagram (S/N 33001 through 33100)

97-00-00
Page 196 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-25. Radar Altimeter Navigation System Wiring Diagram (S/N 33101 through 36086)

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 197
BHT-412-MM-11

3408TR1 3408DS1
RAD ALT 1 RAD ALT 1 INDICATOR
RCVR XMTR (PILOT)
3408J1 3408P1
3408TR1P1A
3408DS1P1
3408TR1P1 J

+ 15 VDC Z 1ALT-7A22 WHT 1ALT-7A22 WHT M 1ALT-7B22 WHT 1ALT-7B22 WHT H +15 VDC

– 15 VDC A 1ALT-7A22 BLU 1ALT-7A22 BLU L 1ALT-7B22 BLU 1ALT-7B22 BLU J – 15 VDC

COMMON (15 VDC) M 1ALT-7A22 ORN 1ALT-7A22 ORN K 1ALT-7B22 ORN 1ALT-7B22 ORN K COMMON (15 VDC)
3408TR1P1A
9WT1 9WT1P1 P E SPARE
3408TR1P1
28 VDC INPUT C 1ALT-1E22 1ALT-1E22 H 1ALT-1C22 M 28 V LIGHTING
Q 1ALT-10A22N B POWER GROUND
G F DH BUS
R 1ALT-17A22N E OUTPUT TEST GROUND
F L SPARE
S SPARE
AUX OUTPUT X E A SPARE
F SPARE
9TB33P1 9TB33 9TB33P1 D B SPARE
G SPARE
C C SPARE
H TRACK INVALID
TEST T 1ALT-6A22 90 91 1ALT-6B22 N 1ALT-6C22 1ALT-6C22 S TEST
J SPARE
92 2C565C22 2 B
K SPARE
FLAG WARNING Y 1ALT-4A22 44 45 1ALT-4B22 R 1ALT-4C22 1ALT-4C22 N FLAG WARNING

1 1ALT-4D22 47 46 1ALT-4E22 1 A

ALTITUDE OUTPUT W 1ALT-2A22 WHT 115 116 1ALT-2B22 WHT T 1ALT-2C22 WHT 1ALT-2C22 WHT T ALTITUDE

2 2C569C22 117 118 1ALT-2E22 WHT


1
ALT TRIP COMMON P 119 1ALT-2D22 WHT U
3408J3 3408P3 3408TR1P3
OUTPUT COMMON N 1ALT-2A22 BLU 105 106 1ALT-2B22 BLU S 1ALT-2C22 BLU 1ALT-2C22 BLU U ALTITUDE COMMON
1ALT-101A 1ALT-101B RECEIVE 3400WT1 3400WT1P1
2 2C567C22 107 108 1ALT-2E22 BLU
1
3408E2P1 109 1ALT-2D22 BLU B
50 FT TRIP R
L 1ALT-11A22N V POWER GROUND
3408E2 3408J2 3408P2 3408TR1P2 250 FT TRIP V NOTES
3400TB3 3400TB3P1 M 1ALT-13A22N R LIGHTING GROUND
1ALT-102B 1ALT-102A TRANSMIT 400 FT TRIP L
C
1 REFER TO DAFCS.
1200 FT TRIP U 84 1ALT-1C22
3408E1P1
SPARE A 85 1ALT-1D22 1ALT-1D22 G 28 VDC (DH ANNUN LIGHT)
2 REFER TO EFIS.
3408E1 TEST INHIBIT NO. 2 B 1ALT-18A22N
LH NOSE DISC LH DOORPOST DISC 3 REFER TO CAUTION AND LIGHTING.
SPARE C 2300J1 2300J2 3408CB1
2300P1 2300P2
RAD ALT 1 4 REFER TO INTERCOMMUNICATION
83 1ALT-1F22 K 1ALT-1B22 K 1ALT-1A22 NON-ESNTL 28 VDC BUS 1 SYSTEM (ICS).
5A

8TB2 SEE CO-PILOT INSTRUMENT RADAR


TEST INHIBIT NO. 1 D 1ALT-16A22 59 61 1ALT-16C22 ALTIMETER SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM.
1 L136B22 R LS 1ALT-15A22 D DAY/NIGHT LOGIC
62 1ALT-16B22 3
L136C22 Y Z 2AUD-61A24 4

3400TB2 3400TB2P1

29 1ALT-12A22 1ALT-12A22 P 5 V LIGHTING

412_MM_97_0010_c01
412-477-030C

Figure 97-26. Radar Altimeter 1 Wiring Diagram (S/N 36087 and Subsequent)

97-00-00
Page 198 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-27. Radar Altimeter 2 Wiring Diagram (S/N 36087 and Subsequent)

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 199
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-28. DME Navigation System (KDM-706) Wiring Diagram (S/N 33001 through 33100)

97-00-00
Page 200 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-29. DME Navigation System (KDM-706) Wiring Diagram (S/N 33101 through 36086 and
36087 and Subsequent) (Sheet 1 of 3)

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 201
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-29. DME Navigation System (KDM-706) Wiring Diagram (S/N 33101 through 36086 and
36087 and Subsequent) (Sheet 2 of 3)

97-00-00
Page 202 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-29. DME Navigation System (KDM-706) Wiring Diagram (S/N 33101 through 36086 and
36087 and Subsequent) (Sheet 3 of 3)

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 203
BHT-412-MM-11


1  !"#!!$!#%

412_MM_97_0126
412-705-009R

Figure 97-30. DME Navigation System (KDM-706) Wiring Diagram (EFIS Configuration)
(S/N 36087 through 36171)

97-00-00
Page 204 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

1
ATC-25A22 2
SEE VIEW A

NOTES
1 REFER TO ELECTRONIC FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS SYSTEM.
SHIELD RETURN
SUPPRESSION XPDR-12A22 3 2 REFER TO ATC TRANSPONDER SYSTEM (KXP-756).

3 REFER TO MODE S TRANSPONDER KIT (MST-67A).


VIEW A
412_MM_97_0129
412-705-009U

Figure 97-31. DME Navigation System (KDM-706) Wiring Diagram (EFIS Configuration)
(S/N 36172 and Subsequent)

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 205/206
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-32. Avionics Circuit Breakers

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 207
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-33. Weather Radar Kit Wiring Diagram (S/N 36087 and Subsequent)

97-00-00
Page 208 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99
BHT-412-MM-11

Figure 97-34. Mode S Transponder Kit (MST 67A) Wiring Diagram


(S/N 36273 and S/N 36276 and Subsequent)

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 209/210
BHT-412-MM-11

1
1

SEE VIEW A

412_MM_97_0128a
412-477-130C
Figure 97-35. Copilot Instrument Radio Altimeter Wiring Diagram (SN 36087 and Subsequent)
(Sheet 1 of 2)

97-00-00
Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99 2 SEP 2014 Rev. 20 Page 211
BHT-412-MM-11

3410TB1U

2ALT-12A22 UE

LCTN-PEDESTAL

1ALT-7A22 WHT
VIEW A 1
1ALT-7A22 BLU

1ALT-7A22 ORN

1ALT-6B22

1ALT-4B22

1ALT-2B22 WHT

1ALT-2B22 BLU

NOTES

1 SEE INTERCOMMUNICATION SYSTEM (ICS).

2 SEE ALTITUDE VOICE WARNING SYSTEM.

3 SEE RADAR ALTIMETER 1.

4 SEE COPILOT INSTRUMENT LIGHTS AND PASSENGER WARNING LIGHT.

EFFECTIVITY

1 S/N 36528 AND SUBSEQUENT.

412_MM_97_0128b
412_477_130C

Figure 97-35. Copilot Instrument Radio Altimeter Wiring Diagram (SN 36087 and Subsequent)
(Sheet 2 of 2)

97-00-00
Page 212 Rev. 20 2 SEP 2014 Export Classification C, ECCN EAR99

Potrebbero piacerti anche